Class 9

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 9 Adjectives Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 9 Adjectives

Read the following sentences:
(i) Rama is a brave boy.
(ii) Kolkata is a big city.
(iii) That dog belongs to Mini.
(iv) He didn’t give me much milk to drink.
(v) Suresh’s shirt is blue.
(vi) The police arrested four thieves.

In these sentences the underlined words are adjectives
(ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଟେ ।)
Why are they called adjectives ? (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବିଶେଷଣ ଶବ୍ଦ ଅଟେ ।)
Is sentence (i) ‘brave’ shows what kind ofboy Rama is. (ରାମ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପିଲା)
In sentence (ii) ‘big’ describes the city of Kolkata. (କଲିକତା ସହରକୁ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରୁଛି)
Is sentence (iii) ‘that’ points out which dog is meant. (କେଉଁ କୁକୁରକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଉଛି)
In sentence (iv) ‘much’ indicates what quantity ofmilk. (କେତେ ପରିମାଣର କ୍ଷୀର)
In sentence (v) ‘blue’ describes what colour Suresh’s shirt is. (ସୁରେଶର ସାର୍ଟ କେଉଁ ରଙ୍ଗର ?)
In sentence (vi) ‘four’ indicates how many thieves the police arrested. (ପୋଲିସ କେତେଜଣ ଚୋରକୁ ଗିରଫ କରିଥିଲା ? )

So an Adjective is a word used to addsomething to the meaning of a noun with which it is used. (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଏଭଳି ଏକ ଶବ୍ଦ ଯାହାକୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ଅର୍ଥକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)
Or, ଯେଉଁ ପଦ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ଗୁଣ, ଅବସ୍ଥା, ରଙ୍ଗ, ଆକାର, ଆକୃତି, ପରିମାଣ, ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଆଦିକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ ବା ବର୍ଷନା କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Kinds of Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ପ୍ରକାର)
There are altogether eight different kinds of adjectives. (ଆଠ ପ୍ରକାରର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ରହିଛି) proper adjective, descriptive or qualitative adjective, quantitative adjective, numeral adjective, demonstrative adjective, distributive adjective, interrogative adjective, possessive adjective

1. Proper adjective (ସଂଜ୍ଞାବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ) :
This type of adjective is formed from proper nouns and begins with a capital letter.
(ଏପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ସଂଜ୍ଞା ବା ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦରୁ ତିଆରି ଓ ବଡ଼ ଅକ୍ଷରରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।)

• People all over the world prefer Indian tea. British Empire, French wine.

2. Descriptive adjective or Adjective of quality (ଗୁଣ ବା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନାବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ):
This type of adjective shows the kind or quality of a person, animal, thing, or place.
(ଏପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଣୀ, ବସ୍ତୁ ଓ ସ୍ଥାନର ପ୍ରକାର ବା ଗୁଣକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ।)
Elephant is a docile animal. (ଶାନ୍ତ, ସୁଶୀଳ ଓ ପୋଷା ଯୋ

• The wind is hot in summer.
• Beware of ( ସତର୍କ ରୁହ) the mad dog.
• Good deeds (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) bring us good results.

3. Quantitative adjective (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ) :
This type of adjective shows how much of a thing is meant.
(ଏପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଗୋଟିଏ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥର ପରିମାଣକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଥାଏ ।)

• He lost all he had.
• I have no money.
• Didn’t the beggar eat any bread?
• We showed much kindness (ଦୟା) to the beggar.

4. Numeral adjective or Adjective of Number (ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ) :

(i) Cardinals (ମୌଳିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା) :
Definite numerals show exact number. (ସଠିକ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟାକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଏ ।) (how many ?) (କେତେ ସଂଖ୍ୟାରେ)
ten people, twenty apples, fifteen books etc.

(ii) Ordinals (showing orders) (କ୍ରମିକ ବା ପୂରଣବାଚକ) :
his first three novels.
the second train, the 100th century (ଶହେତମ ଶତକ).

(iii) Indefinite numeral adjective (ଅନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ):
This type ofadjective doesn’t show any definite number and is used with countable nouns.
(ଏପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସଂଖ୍ୟାକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ନାହିଁ ଓ ଗଣନୀୟ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

• All the chairs are new. (chair- plural count noun)
• Many girls were selected for the play (ନାଟକ). (girls- plural count noun)
• Some soldiers have been sent to the borders. ( ସୀମାନ୍ତ)

5. Demonstrative adjective(ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ ବିଶେଷଣ)
A demonstrative adjective points out which person or thing or animal is meant.
(ଏପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପ୍ରାଣୀକୁ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରିଥାଏ ।)

• Who is that girl?
• Do you know this doctor?
• Those books are mine.
• Please give me some of these flowers.
• Such gems (ମଣି) are rare. (ବିରଳ)

6. Distributive adjective (ବଣ୍ଟନକାରୀ ବିଶେଷଣ)
This type of adjective shows that the persons or things denoted by them are taken singly or in separate lots.
(ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଦ୍ଵାରା ସୂଚିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ଏକ ଭାବରେ ବା ଅଲଗା ଏହାର ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୁଏ ।)

• Every man should love his country.
• Either pen (ଦୁଇଟି ଭିତରୁ ଯେଉଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ହେଲେ ଚଳିବ) will do.
• Neither story was true.
• The old man takes this medicine every three hours. (ପ୍ରତି ତିନି ଘଣ୍ଟାରେ ଥରେ)

7. Interrogative adjective (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)
This type of adjective is used to with a noun to ask questions.
(ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ସହିତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

• Which book do you want?
• Whose uncle has got a job in this branch?

8. Possessive adjective ( ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)
This type ofadjective shows or denotes possession.
( ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ଅର୍ଥରେ / ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଏ ପ୍ରକାର ବିଶେଷଣରେ ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

• Give me your book.
• This is their building.
• Our field has been prepared.
• Manish’s uncle is a bank employee.

Position of adjectives
On the basis of the occurrence of the adjectives in a clause or in a noun phrase, adjectives have three structural functions or positions.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟ ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ଭିଭିକରି ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ବାକ୍ୟର ୩ଟି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

1. Attributive use :
When the adjective is used close to and before the noun which it qualifies, it is said to be used attributively. (ଯେତେବେଳେ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦକୁ ଲାଗିକରି ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେତେବେଳେ ସେହି ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର attributive use ହୁଏ ।)
Example:

• A good pupil learns his lessons regularly, (pupil – noun)
• He appears (ଜଣା ପଡୁଛି) to be a hungry man. (man – noun)
• You have a big house, (house – noun)
• The green field is bathed in the morning sun. (field – noun)

2. Predicative use ( ବିଧେୟବାଚକ ବ୍ୟବହାର) :
When an adjective is placed after the verb and forms part of the predicate and functions as a form of complement to the verb, the adjective is said to used predicatively.
(ଯେତେବେଳେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇ predicate ବା ବିଧେୟର ଏକ ଅଂଶବିଶେଷ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଓ complement ବା ପୂରକର ଏକ ରୂପ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, adjectiveର ସେପରି ବ୍ୟବହାରକୁ ବିଧେୟବାଚକ ବ୍ୟବହାର କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

We use predicative adjectives after some verbs like ‘Be’ verb is, am, are, was, were, seem/appear, become, look, taste, smell etc. ( ଏହି ସମସ୍ତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ adjectiveର predicative use ହୁଏ ବା predicative adjective ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

The man became tired.  (କ୍ଳାନ୍ତ) (subject -man)	They found the man tired. (object – man)
The problem seems easy.  (ସହଜ) (subject – problem)	The teacher considers the problem easy. (object – problem)
Manas is brave (ସାହସୀ) (subject -Manas)	We consider Manas brave. (object-Manas)

A predicative adjective as a subject complement refers back to the subject and predicative adjective as an object complement refers back to the object (ଏକ କର୍ଗାପୁରକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବିଧେୟ ବିଶେଷଣ କର୍ଗାକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରୁଥିଲାବେଳେ ଏକ ବିଧେୟ ବିଶେଷଣ କର୍ମକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରିଥାଏ ।)

Only Predicative adjectives
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେବଳ predicate ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।)

afraid	alone	content (ଖୁସି)	unware (ଅଜ୍ଞ)
afloat (ଭାସମାନ)	alive (ଜୀବିତ)	glad (ଆନନ୍ଦିତ)	unsure
akin (ସଂପର୍କ)	asleep (ନିଦ୍ରିତ)	ill	well
alike  (ଏକାପରି)	aware (ସଚେତନ)	ready	unwell
afoot (ଚାଲିକରି)	awake (ଜାଗ୍ରତ)	sorry	able
	ashamed (ଲଜିତ)	sure	unable (ଅସମର୍ଥ)

Examples:
(i) Mohit isn’t awake yet. (ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଉଠିନାହିଁ)
(ii) Aren’t you ready yet?
(iii) I am quite sure.
(iv) Father was unware of my result.
(v) The girl is afraid of snake.
(vi) Pity and love are closely akin. (ସଂପର୍କିତ)
(vii) Is the fish alive?
(viii) The old man is alone in this house.

3. Post-Positive / Post-Positioned
Some adjectives are used alone after nouns. So they are called post-positive Or, postpositioned.
(କେତେକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ କେବଳ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥିବାରୁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ post-positive ବା post-positioned adjective କୁହାଯାଏ । post ର ଅର୍ଥ ‘after’ ‘ପରେ’ ।)

Examples:
1. (a) The concerned parents rushed to the hospital. (ଦୁଃଖତ) (attributive) (parents- noun)
(b) The doctors concerned asked them not to worry. (ସେବା କରୁଥିବା) (post-positive) (doctors noun)

2. (a) Father is a responsible officer. (attributive) (officer -noun)
(b) The person responsible will be punished. (ନିନ୍ଦାଯୋଗ୍ୟ) (post-positive) (person-noun)

3. (a) How is the present (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ) situation? (attributive) (situation- noun) (ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
(b) The members present (attending) at the meeting gave their opinions. (ଉପସ୍ଥିତ) (postpositive) (members – noun)

Nouns as Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ।)

As nouns	As adjectives / classifiers
Let’s go to the cinema.	The Diamond is an old cinema hall.
Switch off the television.	Do you enjoy television programs?
Shreemanta is reading science.	He is reading in a science college.
The library is closed today.	How many library books have been issued against you?
lam fond of apples.	We have an apple tree.
At what time does the marriage take place?	He will join the marriage procession.

Order of Adjectives
Look at the following sentences.
(i) Mr. Mishra lives in a decent new house. (ସୁନ୍ଦର)
(ii) The child has put on (ପିନ୍ଧିଛି) a nice clean shirt.
(iii) Bhagyashree is a beautiful intelligent girl.

The underlined adjectives tell us what somebody thinks of something or someone. So these adjectives are called OPINION adjectives. (ଜଣେ କୌଣସି ଜିନିଷ ବା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିଷୟରେ କ’ଣ ଭାବୁଛି ବା ମତ ଦେଉଛି, ସେ ବିଷୟରେ ଉଦାହରଣ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସୂଚନା ଦେଉଥିବାରୁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ opinion adjective କୁହାଯାଏ ।) (Opinion ର ଅର୍ଥ ‘ମତ’ ବା ‘ମତଦେବା’)

• An adjective with a more general meaning is general (opinion) adjective.
• An adjective with a more specific meaning is specific (opinion) adjective.

Let’s explain with the help of a diagram

Remember:
A general (opinion) adjective comes before a specific (opinion) adjective. (ଗୋଟିଏ specific ବିଶେଷଣ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ମତାନୁସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)

Fact Adjectives (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ / ତଥ୍ୟସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ)
Read the following sentences.
(i) Father bought a nice small car.
(ii) This is a fine large Kashmir carpet.
(iii) We saw a graceful tall fair girl.
In the sentence (i), the adjective ‘small’ describe the size of the car.
In the sentence (ii), the adjective large describes the size and ‘Kashmir’ describes ‘origin’.
In the sentence (iii), the adjective ‘tali’ describes the size and ‘fair’ describes ‘colour’.
So the adjectives which give factual information about size, colour, origin etc of the noun(s) are called ‘fact adjectives’. (ଯେଉଁ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ଆକାର, ରଂଗ, ଉତ୍ସ ବା ଉତ୍ପତ୍ତି ଆଦି ବିଷୟରେ ସୂଚନା ଦିଏ, ତାହାକୁ fact adjective ବା ତଥ୍ୟାନୁସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Order of Fact adjectives (ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ / ତଥ୍ୟସୂଚକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର କ୍ରମ)

size	age/time	shape	colour	origin	material (wherefrom)	Purpose (for what)
big	old	fat	blue	Indian	cotton	walking
little	new	round	black	American	leather (ଚମଡ଼ା)	drinking
large	old	circular	red	Japanese	iron	washing
long	young	round	pink	Chinese	golden	cleaning
huge	ancient	slim (ପତଳା)	green	native	steel	living
short	fresh	thin	yellow	rural	wooden
small	recent	triangular	brown	urban ( ସହରୀ)	silk
tall	medieval antique	oval (ଅଣ୍ଡାକୃତି)	violet grey purple	foreign	paper cardboard

Remember: An opinion adjective precedes a fact adjective. (ଗୋଟିଏ fact adjective ପୂର୍ବରୁ opinion adjective ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
ଯେପରି –
(i) a nice big building,
opinion fact
(ii) a beautiful tall Indian girl
opinion fact
(iii)an ugly round ball.
opinion fact
(iv) a nice small dead dog.
opinion fact fact

The order of the fact adjectives is :

S Size

A Age

S Shape

C Colour

O Origin

M Material

P Purpose

Using Comma (,) or ‘and’ between adjectives (Comma (କମା) ଓ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ‘and’ ର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
We usually don’t use a comma (,) or ‘and’ between adjectives. ( ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ସାଧାରଣତଃ ବିଶେଷଣ ‘and’ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ (,କମା) ଓ ‘and’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁନାହୁଁ)

Examples:

Don’t write / incorrect	Write / correct
old, wooden and dining table	old wooden dining table
beautiful, new and Indian car	beautiful new Indian car
fine, large and Kashmir carpet	fine large Kashmir carpet

However we use ‘and’ before the last adjectives iftwo or more adjective denote colour. (କିନ୍ତୁ ରଂଗକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥିବା ଦୁଇ ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧୁକ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଥିଲେ, ଶେଷ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘and’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

Examples:

• a black and white photograph
• a pink and parrot green building
• a red and green jersey

When we use two or more adjectives after a link verb, we use (,) and besides ‘and’ before the last adjective. (Link verb ବା ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ କ୍ରିୟା (is / am / are / was / were / become / know / feel / taste) ଆଦି ପରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧୂକ adjective ଥିଲେ (,) (କମା) ସହିତ ଶେଷ ବିଶେଷଣ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘and’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

Examples:
The day was hot and tiring. (କ୍ଳାନ୍ତିକର)
The day was hot, humid and tiring.
The girl was tall, whitish and Japanese.

adjectives	Comparative degree (-er)	Superlative degree (- est)
Shorter adjective: fine, wise, strong, thin, weak	finer, wiser, stronger, thinner, weaker	finest, wisest, strongest, thinnest, weakest
Longer adjective: beautiful, splendid, learned, difficult	(more -) more beautiful, more splendid (ଚିତ୍ତାକର୍ଷକ), more learned, more difficult	(most -) most beautiful, most splendid, most learned, most difficult
Irregular adjective: good, bad, little, many, old	better, worse, less, more, older / elder	best, worst, least, most, oldest/ eldest

Superlative degree
The superlative degree is used while comparing one with the rest and is used with ‘the’. (ଏକକୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ ସହିତ ତୁଳନା କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ the + superlative degree ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)

Examples:

• He is the oldest member of the club.
• Our school is the biggest of all the schools in the district.
• This is the best picture I have ever seen.

Adjectives without a comparative form
(Comparative form ବା degree ନଥିବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)

Adjective	Superlative degree
top	topmost
down	downmost
head	headmost
northern	northernmost
southern	southernmost
western	westernmost
eastern	easternmost

Adjectives that can’t be compared (ତୁଳନା ସେହି ନଥ‌ିବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)
Adjectives which express shape or material or time or highest or lowest degree ofsome quality can’t be compared.
(ଆକୃତି, ଉତ୍ସ, ସମୟ ବା କୌଣସି ଗୁଣର ଆଧକ୍ୟ ବା ନିମ୍ନତା ଥିବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

Examples:
square (ବର୍ଗାକାର), round, perfect, complete, supreme, infinite (ଅସୀମ), circular (ବର୍ତ୍ତୁଳାକାର), eternal (ଚିରନ୍ତନ), chief, unique ((ଅଦ୍ବିତୀୟ), ideal ( ଆଦର୍ଶ), universal ( ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ), dead, empty, day, annual, golden, entire, full etc.

Use of degree adjectives (Degree adjectiveର ବ୍ୟବହାର)
A. Comparing equals
(i) as + adjective + as
(ii) so + adjective + as
(Comparing two persons or animals or things having equal characteristics)
(ସମାନତା ବହନ କରୁଥିବା ଦୁଇ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଣୀ ବା ଜିନିଷ ଭିତରେ ତୁଳନା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

Examples:
(i) Bibhu is fat. Sudhir is equally fat.
→ Bibhu is as fat as Sudhir.

(ii) Sachin is great. Sehwag is great, too.
→ Sachin is as great as Sehwag.

(iii) Tiger is dangerous. Lion is also dangerous.
→ Tiger is as dangerous as lion.

B. For negative comparison (ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ତୂଳନା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
not so / as + adjective + as

Examples:
(i) Mohan’s bag is big. Lalit’s bag isn’t big like Mohan’s.
→ Lalit’s bag isn’t as / so big as Mohan’s.

(ii) Raja is tall. Subodh isn’t tall like Raja.
→ Subodh isn’t as / so tall as Raja.

(iii) Sarita is beautiful. Niharika isn’t beautiful like Sarita.
→ Niharika isn’t as / so beautiful as Sarita. (ସରିତା ଭଳି ନିହାରିକା ଏତେ ସୁନ୍ଦରୀ ନୁହେଁ ।)

Comparative degree
→ With the comparative form of the adjective, we use ‘than’ and the comparison is made between any two. (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର comparative form ରେ than (ଠାରୁ । ‘ଅପେକ୍ଷା’) ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ କୌଣସି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇଟି (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ପ୍ରାଣୀ, ବସ୍ତୁ, ସ୍ଥାନ) ତୁଳନା କରାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:

• Hari is better than Rama.
• Dolly is more intelligent than Silee.
• The Mahanadi is longer than the Brahmani

→ When ‘than’ or‘as’ is followed by the pronoun ofthird person, we usually repeat the verb.
(ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘than’ (ଠାରୁ) ବା ‘as’ (ପରି) ପରେ ତୃତୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ (ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନ)ର ସର୍ବନାମ ପଦ ଥିଲେ, ସାଧାରଣତଃ କ୍ରିୟାପଦକୁ ପୁନଃ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

• He has more money than she has. (she – pronoun / third person)
• We aren’t taller than they are. (they – pronoun / third person)
  ( ସେମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଡେଙ୍ଗା ନୁହଁ ।)

→ In informal English the pronoun is often put into the accusative or objective case.
( ଅଣଆନୁଷ୍ଠାନିକ (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଗତ । ସଂପର୍କୀୟ) ଇଂରାଜୀରେ ସର୍ବନାମକୁ ସାଧାରଣତଃ କର୍ମକାରକ ରୂପରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

• He has got more marks than me. (not ‘I’)
• They are richer than us. (not ‘we’)

→ When selection is made between two things or persons, the comparative is preceded by
‘the’ and followed by ‘of’ (the + comparative degree + of the two)

• This orange is the better of the two.
• Gopal is the more intelligent of the two boys.

→ When the objects of the same class are compared by means of a comparative, any other,
all other or no other is used to show their separation or exclusion. (ଏକା ଶ୍ରେଣୀରୁ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ବସ୍ତୁ, ପ୍ରାଣୀ ଆଦି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ତୁଳନା କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ, any other, all other, ବା no other ଆଦିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରାଯାଏ ।)

• Ramesh is better than any other / all other boys in the class.
• But No other beast is as bold as the tiger, (bold – adjective / positive degree)

Important points
Seven Latin comparatives like superior, inferior, senior, junior, prior (ପୂର୍ବରୁ), anterior ଓ posterior (ପର) are followed by ‘to” instead of ‘than’, (ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସାତୋଟି ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ପରେ ‘than’ ବଦଳରେ ‘to’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:

• This cloth is inferior ( ନିକୃଷ୍ଟତର) to that, (not ‘than’)
• Father is superior to him in service (ଉଚ୍ଚତର ପଦବୀରେ),
• This happened prior to my departure (ପ୍ରସ୍ଥାନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) from home, (not ‘than’)
• This house is anterior to that house (ସମ୍ମୁଖକୁ ଅଧିକ ଭାଗ). (not ‘than’)
• Rahim is junior to Abdul by three years, (not ‘than’)
• This event is posterior (later ପରେ ଘଟିବା) to that event (ଘଟଣା). (not ‘than’)

Double Comparatives:
(i) something / somebody in the process of change (ବାରମ୍ବାର ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟୁଥ‌ିବା କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ)

• I am getting fatter and fatter. (ମୁଁ ଦିନକୁ ଦିନ ମୋଟା ହୋଇ ପଡ଼ୁଛି ।)
• As the sun set, the evening became darker and darker.

(ii) With the two changes happening proportionately. (ଆନୁପାତିକ ଭାବରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା ଦୁଇଟି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ)

Remember: Here we use mostly adverbs. (ଏଠାରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:

• The older I get, the wiser I become.
• I become wiser as I become older. (ମୁଁ ଯେତେ ବୁଢ଼ା ହୁଏ, ସେତେ ଜ୍ଞାନୀ ହୁଏ ।)
• The higher you go, the cooler you feel.
• Here the definite article ‘the’ is used before each comparative degree.
  ( ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ comparative degree ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।)

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1
Read the sentences below. The adjectives in these sentences are used either before a noun or after a verb. Use the adjectives in their alternative positions and write them. One has been done for you. (ଉଦାହରଣରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅବସ୍ଥିତି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ଲେଖ ।)

1. This is a useful book.
Answer:
This book is (useful)

2. She is a clever girl.
Answer:
The girl is (clever)

3. He looks to be an honest man.
Answer:
The man is (lioness)

4. It is a wonderful machine.
Answer:
The machine is (wonderful)

5. This cake has a sweet smell.
Answer:
This / it is a (sweet) smelling cake.

6. This food has become stale.
Answer:
This has become (stale) food.

7. The night was very dark.
Answer:
It was a very (dark) night.

8. The day is indeed hot.
Answer:
This is indeed a(hot) day.

9. This bed feels soft.
Answer:
This / It is a (soft) bed.

10. Her voice sounds sweet.
Answer:
She has a (sweet) voice.

Note: The brackets words are the adjectives.

Activity – 2

Now use nouns in column A as adjectives putting them before appropriate nouns in B and write them. One has been done for you. (ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଉଦାହରଣ ଯେପରି ‘A’ ର ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ‘B’ ର ସଠିକ୍ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ସହିତ ଯୋଡ଼ି ଲେଖ ।)

A	B
photo	bus
marriage	marriage
river	frame
school	ceremony
child	sun
paper	studio
morning	water
picture	boat

Answer:

A. Adjective	B. Noun
photo	studio
marriage	ceremony
river	water
school	bus
child	marriage
paper	boat
morning	sun
picture	frame

-ing’ adjective and -‘ed’ adjective

-‘ing’ adjective	-‘ed’ adjective
(i) We use- ‘ing’ adjective to describe the effect that something has on someone’s feeling. (କାହାର ଅନୁଭୂତି ଉପରେ କୌଣସି ଜିନିଷର ପ୍ରଭାବ ପଡ଼ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ –‘ing” adjective ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)	(i) We use- ‘ed’ adjective with a person affected with the effect of something. (କୌଣସି ଜିନିଷ / କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଭାବଦ୍ବାରା ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ଅର୍ଥରେ –‘ed’ adjective ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)
Ex. 1. I found the sums (ଅଙ୍କସବୁ) crying. worrying.  (ବିବ୍ରତ ଜନିତ) 2. Your rude behaviour is annoying. (ବିରକ୍ତିକର)	Ex. 1. I was worried at / over the sums. 2. I am annoyed at your rude behaviour
(ii) We use some- ‘ing’ adjective to describe something that continues over a period of time.
Ex. 1. Sudha looks after ( ଯନ୍ତ୍ର ନିଏ) her ageing (ବୃଦ୍ଧା) grandmother. 2. He spent the remaining days of his life in grief (ଦୁଃଖରେ). 3. a loving mother, a living thing, rising price etc.

Activity – 3

Rewrite the sentences below choosing the correct alternative.
(ସଠିକ୍ ବିକଳ୍ପ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କରି ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ଲେଖ।)

1. Grandma told us some amusing/amused stories.
Answer:
Grandma told us some amusing stories. (ଆନନ୍ଦଦାୟକ)

2. His long speech was very bored /boring.
Answer:
His long speech was very boring. (ବିରକ୍ତିକର)

3. His behaviour was disgusting/disgusted.
Answer:
His behaviour was disgusting. (ଘୃଣ୍ୟ)

4. Why do you look so depressing/depressed?
Answer:
Why do you look so depressed ? ( ଏତେ ହତୋତ୍ସାହିତ ଦେଖାଯାଉଛ)

5. Ths smile on your face is relaxed / relaxing to me.
Answer:
Ths smile on your face is relaxing to me. (ଆରାମଦାୟକ)

6. Lata’s progress at school is quite encouraging / encouraged to me.
Answer:
Lata’s progress (ଉନ୍ନତି) at school is quite (ପୂରାପୂରି) encouraging to me. ( ଉତ୍ସାହଜନକ)

Activity – 4

Here is a passage describing the relief work done by people in a flood-hit area. Complete the passage using the appropriate form of the words given in brackets. (ଗୋଟିଏ ବନ୍ୟାଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରେ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ବାରା କରାଯାଉଥିବା ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାବଳୀ ବିଷୟରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର) ସଠିକ୍ ରୂପ ଲେଖ ।)

It rained heavily for some days. The river water started swelling. The water level reached an ___________ (alarm) height and started overflowing into the nearby villages. The __________ (panic) people began moving to higher places from their ___________ (damage) houses. The sound of the ___________ (rush) water was very __________ (frighten). The sight of the village after the flood receded was quite ____________ (shock). There were _______________ (break) houses, _____________ (uproot) trees and dead animals everywhere. We rushed to the villages with relief materials soon after. The villagers were actually ___________ (shock) at the sudden loss oftheir houses and property. We consoled the _____________ (weep) women and children. We met the ____________ (distress) villagers and distributed the relief materials among them. We asked them not to be ___________ (worry). We told them that the government would surely do something for them during their ___________ (trouble) times. Our work might have been small, but it was so ____________ (satisfy).

Answers:
It rained heavily for some days. The river water started swelling (ଫୁଲି(ବଢ଼ି) ବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭକଲା). The water level (ସ୍ତର) reached an alarming (ଭୟଙ୍କର) height and started overflowing into the nearby villages. The panicked (ଭୀତତ୍ରସ୍ତ) people began moving to higher places from their damaged (କ୍ଷତିଗ୍ରସ୍ତ) houses. The sound of the rushing (କ୍ଷୀପ୍ରଗତିରେ ପ୍ରବାହିତ) water was very frightening (ଭୟଙ୍କର). The sight (ଦୃଶ୍ୟ) of the village after the flood receded (କମିଗଲା ପରେ) was quite (ପୂରାପୂରି) shocking (ଦୁଃଖ ଓ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ). There were broken (ଭଗ୍ନ) houses, uprooted (ଉପୁଡ଼ି ପଡ଼ିଥିବା) trees and dead animals everywhere. We rushed (ଧାଇଁଗଲୁ) to the villages with relief materials soon after. The villagers were actually shocked (ଦୁଃଖାଭିଭୂତ) at the sudden loss of their houses and property. We consoled the weeping (କ୍ରନ୍ଦନରତା) women and children. We met the distressed (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ବା ଦୁଃଖାସକ୍ତ) villagers and distributed the relief materials (ସାହାଯ୍ୟ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ) among them. We asked them not to be worried (ବିବ୍ରତ). We told them that the government would surely do something for them during their troubled (ଅସୁବିଧା) times. Our work might have been small, but it was so satisfying (ସନ୍ତୋଷଜନକ).

On Opinion and Fact adjectives
1. You have a nice little home.
Answer:
(opinion, size)

2. It is an old Indian wooden chair.
Answer:
(age, origin, material)

3. Konark is a wonderful medieval stone structure.
Answer:
(opinion, age material)

4. This is a nice aluminium walking stick.
Answer:
(opinion, material, purpose)

5. It is a huge black African elephant.
Answer:
(size, colour, origin)

6. I was talking about this beautiful old wooden dining table.
Answer:
(opinion, age, material, purpose)

7. I have some ancient Indian copper coins.
Answer:
(age, origin, material)

8. Look at the old wooden royal bed.
Answer:
(time, material, purpose)

9. Dams are huge modern concrete structures across rivers.
Answer:
(size, age material)

10. Bring the new round green table cloth.
Answer:
(age, shape, colour, purpose)

Activity – 5

Read the following letter. The writer has madesome mistakes in using the adjectives. Correct them wherever necessary. You may have toputcommas (,) /andin someplaces also. (ନିମ୍ନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଗୋଟିଏ ଚିଠିରେ ଥିବା ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଲେଖ।)

Hirakud,
5th November, 2011

Dear Soma,
I reached Hirakud yesterday. I am now living in a little nice hotel and the rooms are quite clean spacious decorated. I can see the concrete huge river dam and the deep blue waters from my window. The size ofthe dam and the water body is really amazed. I can see people with their fishing wooden boats catching fish. You will be surprising to see that even small childrengo out into the waters to catch fish. How fearless ! Since it is already winter you can see birds ofred white blue or mixed colours swimming playfully in the waters. They come here in winter and go back to their original places at its end. Tomorrow I will visit the dam and go out into the waters in a big motor boat. What a fun it will be ! I feel thrilling at the idea. I will tell you more when I go back home and see you.

Yours lovingly
Meera

Answer:

Hirakud,
5thNovember, 2011

Dear Soma,
I reached Hirakud yesterday. I am now living in a nice little hotel and the rooms are quite clean, spacious (ପ୍ରଶସ୍ତ) and decorated (ସୁସଜ୍ଜିତ). I can see the huge (ବିଶାଳ) concrete river dam and the deep blue waters from my window. The size of the dam and the water body is really amazing (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟଜନକ). I can see people with their wooden fishing (ମାଛଧରା) boats catching fish. You will be surprised (ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟାନ୍ବିତ) to see that even small children go out into the waters to catch fish. How fearless! Since it is already winter you can see birds of red, white and blue or mixed colours swimming playfully in the waters. They come here in winter and go back to their original places at its end. Tomorrow I will visit the dam and go out into the waters in a big motor boat What a fun it will be! I feel thrilled (ରୋମାଞ୍ଚ) at the idea. I will tell you more when I go back home and see you.

Yours lovingly
Meera

Activity – 6

Complete the passage using adjectives in their appropriate degrees. (Adjective ଗୁଡ଼କର ସଠିକ degree ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି passage ସଂପୂର୍ଣ କର ।)
There are many schools in Bhubaneswar. You get a ________ (wide) choice of schools there than in many other cities. The Capital Secondary School is the ___________ (famous) one because it has the ____________ (high) pass rate. Besides, it is the  _______________  (old) school in the city and has produced many great scholars. But the Ekamra Secondary School is ____________ (big) and _____________ (modem). It has a hostel with- (large) rooms than most hostels have and it is ____________ (comfortable) to live in. However, the school is (expensive) and only rich people prefer this school. Vidya Bharati School is considered to be the _____________ (popular) of all schools. It gives- (good) results than most other schools although it is less- (expensive). Its disadvantage is that it Ijas a- (small) campus and is located in a ______________ (noisy) place. The school building looks _____________ (old) than it actually is as it is not properly maintained. Children of _____________ (poor) families prefer this school as the fees are the __________ (low) in the city.

Answers:
There are many schools in Bhubaneswar. You get a wider (ଅଧ୍ଵକତର) choice of schools there than in many other cities. The Capital Secondary School is the most famous one because it has the highest (ସର୍ବାଧ୍ଵକ) pass rate. Besides, it is the oldest (ପ୍ରାଚୀନତମ) school in the city and has produced many great scholars (ଜ୍ଞାନୀମାନେ), But the Ekamra Secondary School is the biggest and most modern. It has a hostel with larger rooms than most hostels have and it is most comfortable (ଅଧ୍ବକ ଆରାମଦାୟକ) to live in. However, the school is the most expensive (ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ବ୍ୟୟସାପେକ୍ଷ) and only rich people prefer (ପସନ୍ଦ କରନ୍ତି) this school. Vidya Bharati School is considered to be the most popular of all schools. It gives better results than most other schools although it is less expensive. Its disadvantage ( ଅସୁବିଧା) is that it has a small campus and is located in a noisy place. The school building looks older than it actually is as it is not properly maintained. Children of poor families prefer this school as the fees are the lowest in the city.

Activity – 7

Complete the sentences using the adjectives given in brackets to show that something is changing. One has been done for you as an example. (ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଶୀଳ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଉଦାହରଣ ଭଳି ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)
(dirty, tall, bright, short, crowded, beautiful)

1. Your shirt is becoming dirtier and dirtier.

2. The baby ______________.
Answer:
The baby is getting taller and taller.

3. The day is _____________.
Answer:
The day is becoming brighter and brighter.

4. In winter, days _____________.
Answer:
In winter, days become shorter and shorter.

5. The place is getting _____________.
Answer:
The place is getting more and more crowded.

6. The garden looks _____________ in spring.
Answer:
The garden looks (ଦେଖାଯାଏ) more and more beautiful in spring.

Activity – 8

Complete the following sentences adding a second part to it using the adjectives and verbs given in brackets. One has been done for you. (Adjective ୨ୟ ଭାଗକୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର comparative degree ଓ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଦ୍ବାରା ପୂରଣ କର ।)
1. The older you are, the weaker you become. (weak, become)

2. The higher the sun goes ____________ (hot, be)
Answer:
the hotter the day becomes.

3. The deeper you dig ___________. (warm, feel)
Answer:
the warmer ( ଉଷ୍ଣତର) you feel.

4. The faster you walk ___________. (early, reach)
Answer:
the earlier you reach.

5. The more you study ___________. (more, learn)
Answer:
the more you learn.

6. The better you dress ___________. (smart, look)
Answer:
the smarter you look.

Here the degree words are in the adverbs, not in the adjective. (ଏଠାରେ adverb ବା କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର degree word କୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଛି ।)
Golden rules on Degree adjectives

(i) Don’t use ‘very’ before any comparative degree. (Comparative degree ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘very’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରନାହିଁ ।)
However ‘much’ can be used, (‘much’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ହେବ ।)
(ii) Don’t use two comparatives or two superlatives in a sentence.

Incorrect	Correct
He is very older than me.	He is older than me.
I am very disappointed than you.	I am much disappointed than you.
He is more stronger than me.	He is stronger than me.
Gopal is the most cleverest boy.	Gopal is the cleverest boy.

Adjectives Additional Questions With Answers

Identify the adjectives and say whether it is attributive or predicative or post-positioned.
1. Football is an outdoor game.
Answer:
outdoor-attributive

2. The baby is asleep.
Answer:
asleep – predicative

3. He is a responsible person.
Answer:
responsible-attributive

4. I think that something terrible is going to happen.
Answer:
terrible-post-positioned

5. How is the present situation?
Answer:
present-attributive

6. The marriage procession is going on.
Answer:
marriage-attributive

7. The sky looks blue.
Answer:
blue- predicative

8. He appears to be a hungry boy.
Answer:
hungry-attributive

9. Everything necessary will be done.
Answer:
necessary-post-positioned

10. He is the only son of his father.
Answer:
only-attributive

11. I am afraid that I can’t attend the party.
Answer:
afraid-predicative

12. He is unable to write correctly.
Answer:
unable-predicative

13. The girl is very intelligent.
Answer:
intelligent-predicative

14. This book is very useful.
Answer:
useful- predicative

15. He has got a wonderful talent.
Answer:
wonderful-attributive

16. There was nobody important at the meeting.
Answer:
important-post-positioned

17. This is the main building.
Answer:
main-attributive

18. A barking dog seldom bites.
Answer:
barking-attributive

19. The doctor concerned asked the mother not to be upset.
Answer:
conceded post-positioned

20. I can ready to face the challenge.
Answer:
ready- predicative

21. The food has become stale.
Answer:
stale-predicative

22. It is a very dark night.
Answer:
dark-attributive

23. The day is indeed hot.
Answer:
hot predicative

24. She is glad to get the news.
Answer:
glad-predicative

25. These are colourful dresses.
Answer:
colourful-attributive

Fill in the blanks with an appropriate adjective or classifier.
1. ____________ building.
Answer:
Stone

2. ____________ copy.
Answer:
Xerox

3. ____________ wife.
Answer:
House

4. ____________coin.
Answer:
Copper

5. ____________ oil
Answer:
Coconut

6. ____________ programme.
Answer:
Television

7. ____________ water.
Answer:
River

8. ____________ ceremony.
Answer:
Marriage

9. ____________ sun.
Answer:
Summer

10. ____________ frame.
Answer:
Picture

11. ____________ studio.
Answer:
Photo

12. ____________ marriage.
Answer:
Child

13. ____________ bus.
Answer:
School

14. ____________ boat
Answer:
Paper

15. ____________ college.
Answer:
Science

16. ____________ chair.
Answer:
Plastic

17. ____________ tree.
Answer:
Mango

18. _____________ hall.
Answer:
Cinema

19. _____________ book.
Answer:
Story

20. _____________ stereo
Answer:
Car

Choose the correct alternatives.

1. The match was quite ___________. (exciting/ excited)
Answer:
exciting

2. The sound of the rushing water was very _____________. (frightening/frightened)
Answer:
frightening

3. It was a _____________ (shocking/ shocked) news.
Answer:
shocking

4. The thing that bores you is _______________. (boring/ bored)
Answer:
boring

5. Everyone was ______________. (surprising / surprised)
Answer:
surprised

6. His long speech was very _____________. (boring/ bored)
Answer:
boring

7. I felt ____________ (disappointing/disappointed) to hear the news.
Answer:
disappointed

8. My father looks _______________(tiring / tired) when he returns home.
Answer:
tired

9. Are you ____________(satisfying / satisfied) with this?
Answer:
satisfied

10. The lessons were easy, so the pupils were ____________. (interesting/ interested)
Answer:
interested

11. My grandmother told me an ______________ (amusing/ amused) story.
Answer:
amusing

12. His behaviour was ______________. (disgusting/disgusted)
Answer:
disgusting

13. Why do you look so ____________. (depressing/ depressed)
Answer:
depressed

14. The smile on your face is ___________ (relaxing/relaxed) to me.
Answer:
relaxing

15. Her progress at school is quite _______________ (encouraging/ encouraged) to me.
Answer:
encouraging

3 Put the adjectives in the right order.

1. A ______________ (young, Indian, tall) soldier.
Answer:
tall young Indian

2. A ______________ (white, old, large, wooden) horse.
Answer:
large old white wooden

3. A ______________ (red, plastic, beautiful, Japanese).
Answer:
beautiful red Japanese plastic

4. A ______________ (lovely, long, quite) black.
Answer:
lovely quite long

5. An______________ (Indian, ancient copper) coin
Answer:
ancient Indian copper

6. A ______________ (large, Kashmir, fine) carpet.
Answer:
fine large Kashmir

7. A ______________ (heavy, steel, black) trunk.
Answer:
heavy black steel

8. A ______________ (round, teak, small) table.
Answer:
small round teak

9. A ______________ (white, large, wooden, old) house.
Answer:
large old white wooden

10. A ______________ (warm, nice) day.
Answer:
nice warm

11. A ______________ (stone, ugly, large) statue.
Answer:
ugly large stone

12. A ______________ (English, old, Raleigh) bicycle.
Answer:
old English Raleigh

13. A ______________ (little, nice) home.
Answer:
nice little

14. An ______________ (Indian, old, wooden) chair.
Answer:
old Indian wooden

15. A ______________ (stone, medieval, wonderful) structure.
Answer:
wonderful medieval stone

16. A ______________ (aluminium, nice, walking) stick.
Answer:
nice aluminium walking

17. A ______________ (black, African, huge) elephant.
Answer:
huge black African

18. A ______________ (wooden, old, beautiful, dining) table.
Answer:
beautiful old wooden dining

19. An ______________ (old, royal, wooden) bed.
Answer:
old wooden royal

20. A ______________ (concrete, modem, huge) structure.
Answer:
huge modem concrete

Fill in the gap using the appropriate degree of adjectives given in the brackets.

1. Mount Everest is the ______________ (tall) mountain peak in the world.
Answer:
tallest

2. Ashutosh is the ____________ (funny) boy in our class.
Answer:
funniest

3. Ankit is ______________ (good) than this brother.
Answer:
better

4. Pulak is not so ______________ (tall) as Pabak.
Answer:
tall

5. She is getting fatter and ______________ (fat).
Answer:
fatter

6. The higher you go, the ______________ (cool) you feel.
Answer:
cooler

7. The ______________ (old) I get, the wiser I become.
Answer:
older

8. The day is becoming shorter and ______________ (short).
Answer:
shorter

9. Zilla school is considered to be the ______________ (popular) of all schools.
Answer:
most popular

10. The building looks ______________ (old) than it actually is.
Answer:
older

11. Munu is ______________ (tall) than Sonu.
Answer:
taller

12. Steel is ______________ (cheap) than copper.
Answer:
cheaper

13. I think it is the ______________ (easy) task.
Answer:
easiest

14. This is the ______________ (good) thing I can do.
Answer:
best

15. My health is ______________ (bad) than earlier.
Answer:
worse

16. The ______________ (tall) of the two men carried a gun.
Answer:
taller

17. The sun shines ______________ (bright) than any other planet.
Answer:
brighter

18. Who is the ______________ (old) in your family ?
Answer:
eldest

19. Cuttack is the ______________ (old) town in Odisha.
Answer:
oldest

20. I haven’t heard the ______________ (late) news.
Answer:
latest

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 12 The Predicate Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 12 The Predicate Phrase

What is Predicate ? (ବିଧେୟ କାହାକୁ କୁହାଯାଏ?)
The word or words which say something about the person or the thing denoted by the subject are called Predicate. (କର୍ରାଦ୍ଵାରା ସୂଚିତ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ସଂପର୍କରେ ଯେଉଁ ଶବ୍ଦସମୂହ କିଛି କହେ ତାହାକୁ ବିଧେୟ ବା ବାକ୍ୟାଶ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Subject	Predicate
(i) Fire	bums.
(ii) A fierce fire (ଭୟଙ୍କର ଅଗ୍ନିକାଣ୍ଡ)	burnt down the building.
(iii) A fierce fire that broke out yesterday evening	burnt the building and many others in the same street.

Predicate phrase pattern (ବିଧେୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ କ୍ରମ ଗଠନ)
A predicate phrase pattern consists of two – verb pattern since verb is the indispensable part of a predicate phrase.
(ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ନେଇ ଗୋଟିଏ predicate phrase pattern ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯେହେତୁ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଧେୟର ଅବିଚ୍ଛେଦ୍ୟ ଅଂଶ ।)

A. InTransitive verb pattern
In the intransitive verb pattern, the usual orders are (ଅକର୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟାର କ୍ରମ ଗଠନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ)
(i) verb କ୍ରିୟା + complement (ପୂରକ ) + adjunct (ବିବର୍ଷକ)
(b) verb କ୍ରିୟା + adjunct (ବିବଦ୍ଧକ)

B. Transitive verb pattern (ସକର୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟାର ଗଠନ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ)
In the transitive verb pattern, the usual orders are:
(i) Transitive verb (କ୍ରିୟା) + object (କର୍ମ) + adjunct ((ବିବର୍ଷକ))
(ii) verb (କ୍ରିୟା) + object (କର୍ମ) + object (କର୍ମ) + adjunct ((ବିବର୍ଷକ))
(iii) verb (କ୍ରିୟା) + object (କର୍ମ) + complement (ପୂରକ) + adjunct ((ବିବର୍ଷକ))

Let’s know about verbs (Transitive or Intransitive), object, complement and adjunct in the predicate phrase. (Predicate phrase patterns ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ, କର୍ମ, ପୂରକ ଓ ବିବର୍ଷକ ବିଷୟରେ ଜାଣିବା ।)

(i) Transitive verb is the verb that is used with an object or objects in a sentence. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଯେଉଁ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ କର୍ମ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, ସେଭଳି କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସକର୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
(ii) The intransitive verb is the verb that is used with no object in a sentence. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ କର୍ମ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇନଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଅକର୍ମକ କ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Object (କର୍ମ)
An object in a sentence receives the action performed by the subject. (କର୍ତ୍ତାର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରୁଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ କର୍ମ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Like the two types of predicating verb (s), the object in a sentence or predicate phrase is of two types. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାର predicating verb ଭଳି, object ବା କର୍ମ ମଧ୍ଯ ଦୁଇ ପ୍ରକାରର ।)

(i) Direct Object (D.O.) is one which answers the question ‘what’ to the verb and denotes thing. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ ‘କ’ଣ’ ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ପଚାରିଲେ ଓ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥର ଉତ୍ତର ମିଳିଲେ, direct object ହୁଏ ।)
(ii) Indirect Object (I.O) is one which answers the question ‘whom’ to the verb and denotes person or animal. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦରେ କାହାକୁ ବା କାହାପାଇଁ ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନକଲେ ଓ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ପ୍ରାଣୀର ଉତ୍ତର ମିଳିଲେ ତାହା Indirect Object ହୁଏ ।)

If there is only one object in a sentence, it is always treated as the direct object. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ମାତ୍ର object ଥିଲେ ତାହାକୁ direct object ର ମାନ୍ୟତା ଦିଆଯାଏ।)

Complement (ପୁରକ) :
The aditional word or words by which the predicate is made complete is called the complement (ଯେଉଁ ଅତିରିକ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୂହ ଦ୍ଵାରା Predicate ବା ବିଧେୟକୁ ପୂରଣ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହାକୁ complement କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

(i) Subject intransitive complement is called so as the verb (s) is intransitive. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଅକର୍ମକ ଥିବାରୁ ଓ subject ର complete କରୁଥିବାରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୂହ subject intransitive କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
(ii) Object (transitive) complement is called so as the verb (s) is transitive.
(କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ସକର୍ମକ ଥିବାରୁ ଓ object ବା କର୍ମର ଅର୍ଥକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଶେଷ complete କରୁଥିବାରୁ ତାହାକୁ object (transitive) complement କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Subject complement (intransitive)
Examples:
(i) Honey tastes sweet. – tastes – intransitive verb, sweet – compliment
(ii) This pillow feels soft. – feels – intransitive verb, soft – complement
(iii) The old man became weak. – became – intransitive verb, weak – complement
(iv) I am a teacher. – am – intransitive verb, a teacher – compliment.

Object complement (transitive)
Examples:
(i) Mother has made the curry spicy. – (has made – transitive verb, the curry – object, spicy – object complement)

2. Subject + Verb + Complement Pattern (S+V+C)
Remember: The complement may come in different forms- a noun or noun phrase, an adjective or adjective phrase, prepositional phrase, adverb phrase and a clause. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ complement ବା ପୂରକ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୂପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ; ଯଥା ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ), ବିଶେଷଣ (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ), ବିଭକ୍ତି ସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ, କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ (ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) ବା ଏକ ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ)

3. Subject + Verb + Complement (S+V+C)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (V)	COMPLEMENT (C) (Intransitive)
Dasaratha	was	a king (noun phrase).
Honey	tastes	sweet (adjective).
Uncle	is	on the way (Prepositional phrase).
The car	stopped	there (adverb).
I	am	what my father has made (clause).

4. Subject + Verb + Adjunct Pattern (S+V+A)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (V) (Intransitive)	ADJUNCT (A)
The man	is walking	slowly (adverb of manner).
Father	has left	just now (adverb of time).
I	get up	early in the morning (adverb of time).

Predicate Phrase Pattern (Transitive Verb Pattern)
1. Subject + Verb + Object Pattern (S+V+O)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (V) (Intransitive)	OBJECT (O) Direct object
The baby Meera The officer Kamini	broke worked out will suspend is knitting (ବୁଣୁଛି)	the toy all the sums, the clerk, a sweater.

2. Subject + Verb + Object + Object Pattern (S+V+O+O)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (Transitive)	OBJECT (Indirect(କାହାକୁ)	Object (Direct) (କ’ଣ)
Tapaswini Ipsita Mother The government	gave will send has made has offered	her friend me me the players	a book, some money, some tasty cakes, a lot of land.

We can interchange the objects (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କର୍ମଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ଥାନ ବଦଳାଇ ପାରିବା) :
Examples:
(i) Tapaswini gave a book to her friend.
(a book = direct object, to her friend = indirect object)
(ii) Mother has made some tasty cakes for me.
(some tasty cakes = direct object, for me = indirect object)

3. Subject + Verb + Object + Complement Pattern (S+V+O+C)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (V) (Transitive)	OBJECT (O) (Direct)	COMPLEMENT
Uncle The headmaster The subjects The judge The government I We	painted has put made set ordered found have made	the door the school him the prisoner the man the child the girl	blue. (adjective) into good order, (prepositional object) king, (noun) free, (adjective) to be arrested, (infinitive) asleep, (adverb) what she is today, (clause)

4. Subject + Verb + Object + Adjunct Pattern (S+V+O+A)

SUBJECT (S)	VERB (Transitive)	OBJECT (Indirect)(କାହାକୁ)	ADJUNCT (Direct) (କ’ଣ)
We	saw	a tiger	in the jungle, (placed adverb)
The teacher	has beaten	my brother	mercilessly, (adverb of manner)
They	found	the blind man	on the village road, (adverb of place)

Remember After the verbs like put, keep, and place (ରଖିବା), we use complements after the objects. (put, keep, pleace ପରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ object ପରେ complement ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ ।)

Examples:
(i) I put the book on the table.
(the book = direct object, put = transitive verb,
on the table = complement (adverb of place / prepositional phrase)
(ii) Father keeps his money in the post office.
(keeps = transitive verb, his money = direct object (adverb),
in the post office = (place) complement)

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Underline the Main Verb (M.V.) and say whether it is Transitive (V) or Intransitive (Vin) (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ସକର୍ମକ ବା ଅକର୍ମକ ଲେଖ ।)

1. John is playing outside.
Answer:
is playing = intransitive verb (no object), outside = adverb of place

2. Children like sweets very much.
Answer:
like = transitive verb. sweets = direct object, very much = adverb of degree

3. He has changed a lot.
Answer:
has changed = intransitive verb, a lot = adverb of degree.

4. Barsha offered me a nice gift.
Answer:
offered = transitive verb, me = indirect object, a nice gift = direct object

5. Little men desire high posts.
Answer:
desire = transitive verb, high posts = direct object

Activity – 2

Interchange the objects using ‘to’ or ‘for. (‘to’ ଏବଂ ‘for’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି କର୍ମର ସ୍ଥାନ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କର ।)

(i) The chief guest offered me a prize.
Answer:
The chief guest offered a prize to me.

(ii) Fetch me a glass of water.
Answer:
Fetch (ଯାଇ ଆଣ) a glass of water for me.

(iii) Chumki sent Sunita and Tapan her best wishes.
Answer:
Chumki sent her best wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) to Sunita and Tapan.

(iv) Trees give us plenty of valuable things.
Answer:
Trees give plenty of valuable things to us.

(v) Please bring me the book of the latest edition.
Answer:
Please bring the book of the latest edition (ନୂତନ ସଂସ୍କରଣ) for me.

Activity – 3

Find out the objects and complements in the following sentences. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରୁ “କର୍ମ” ଓ “ପୂରକ’ ବାହାର କର ।)

1. Sita looks fine.
Answer:
fine – complement (looks – link verb)

2. Ramababu is a nice gentleman.
Answer:
a nice gentleman – Complement (‘be’ verb is)

3. Padminee plays chess.
Answer:
chess – direct object (What does play)

4. Trees grow well in spring.
Answer:
well – complement (manner adverb), in spring (time adverb)

5. They are making a plan.
Answer:
a plan – direct object (What are they making?)

6. Rabi is looking at the sky.
Answer:
the sky – object (What is Rabi looking at ?)

7. He is sitting on a string charpoy.
Answer:
on a string charpoy – adjunct (no complement)

8. The court rejected her appeal.
Answer:
her appeal (ଆବେଦନ) – direct object (What rejected ?)

9. Her questions often puzzle me.
Answer:
me-direct object (Whom puzzle)

10. I like green vegetables.
Answer:
green vegetables – direct object (What do you like ?)

Activity – 4

Identify the adjuncts and complements in the following sentences.
(ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ବିବର୍ଷକ ଓ ପୂରକ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ।)

1. This pen costs twenty rupees.
Answer:
twenty rupees – complement

2. My brother usually writes poems.
Answer:
usually-adjunct, poems – direct object

3. Gopabandhu is an eloquent speaker.
Answer:
an eloquent speaker (ବାଗ୍ମୀ ବକ୍ତା) – complement

4. My friend got first division in the exam.
Answer:
in the examination – adjunct (noun phrase), first division – direct object

5. He became weak in a few days.
Answer:
weak – complement (adjunct), in a few days – adjunct (adverb of time)

6. Meera appears foolish.
Answer:
foolish-complement (adjunct)

7. The man has ten acres of land in our village.
Answer:
ten acres of land – complement (noun phrase), in our village – adjunct (adverb of place)

8. He has still in a state of shock.
Answer:
still-adjunct (adverb of time), in a state of shock-complement (noun phrase)

9. The dog is at the front gate.
Answer:
at the front gate – complement (adverb of place)

10. He rejected my proposals outright.
Answer:
my proposals – direct object, outright (ରୋକ୍‌ଠୋକ) – adjunct (adverb of manner)

Activity – 5

Which Noun Phrases in the following sentences work as objects and which are the complements? (ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ object ଓ complement ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା କୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ।)

1. Economics is my favorite subject.
Answer:
my favorite subject = noun phrase (compliment)

2. My friend never tells a lie.
Answer:
a lie – object = noun phrase (direct)

3. An honorable man never betrays his friends.
Answer:
his friends – object = noun phrase (direct object)

4. We call Gandhiji the Father of the Nation.
Answer:
Gandhiji – direct object = noun phrase, The Father of Nation = complement = noun phrase

5. Everyone called him Sunny.
Answer:
him- direct object = noun phrase, Sunny-complement = noun phrase

6. She gives her children expensive presents.
Answer:
her children – indirect object = noun phrase, expensive (ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍) presents – direct object = noun phrase

7. The students selected Bakul their monitor.
Answer:
Bakul – direct object = noun phrase, their monitor – complement = noun phrase

8. My father tasted the curry.
Answer:
the curry – direct object = noun phrase

9. None but the brave deserves the fair.
Answer:
the fair (praise) (ପ୍ରଶଂସା) – direct object = noun phrase

10. I have a house at Cuttack.
Answer:
a house complement = noun phrase, at Cuttack – adjunct

The Predicate Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Read the following sentences and say whether the verb used in the sentence is Transitive or Intransitive.

1. We heard a noise.
Answer:
heard – Transitive

2. The thief stole the money.
Answer:
stole – Transitive

3. The policeman saw the thief.
Answer:
saw Transitive

4. The young man became an officer.
Answer:
became – Intransitive

5. The flower smells nice.
Answer:
smells – Intransitive

6. The child feels cold.
Answer:
feels Intransitive

7. The enemy attacked the town.
Answer:
attacked – Transitive

8. Children like sweets very much.
Answer:
like – Transitive

9. My mother passed me the salt.
Answer:
passed – Transitive

10. The old man died last week.
Answer:
died Intransitive

11. He left just now.
Answer:
left Intransitive

12. Padminee plays chess.
Answer:
plays Transitive

13. I gave him a book.
Answer:
gave Transitive

14. I bought a frock.
Answer:
bought Transitive

15. The child fell down.
Answer:
fell down – Intransitive

Find out the objects and complements in the following sentences.

1. The court rejected his appeal.
Answer:
his appeal – Object

2. Trees give us plenty of valuable things.
Answer:
us – Indirect Object, plenty of valuable things – Direct object

3. My teacher taught the grammar.
Answer:
the grammar – Object

4. The cat killed the rat.
Answer:
the rat – Object

5. The boy looks tired.
Answer:
tired Complement

6. The sky got dark.
Answer:
dark – Complement

7. My mother is a teacher.
Answer:
a teacher – Complement

8. Honey tastes sweet.
Answer:
sweet – Complement

9. Minakshi writes poems.
Answer:
poems – Object

10. Abdul broke the window.
Answer:
the window – Object

11. The man seems restless.
Answer:
restless – Complement

12. My brother became a doctor.
Answer:
a doctor – Complement

13. I feel very cold.
Answer:
very cold – Complement

14. He gave me a present.
Answer:
me – Indirect Object,
a present – Direct Object

15. We found him dead.
Answer:
him – Object, dead – Complement

Write the pattern of the following sentences.

1. She is on the way.
Answer:
SVC

2. We returned yesterday.
Answer:
SVA

3. The girl drew a picture.
Answer:
SVO

4. The old lady passed away.
Answer:
SV

5. I gave him a book.
Answer:
SVOO

6. The man is walking slowly.
Answer:
SVA

7. The baby cried loudly.
Answer:
SVA

8. They looks tired
Answer:
SVC

9. The book made him famous.
Answer:
SVOC

10. Neha offered me a nice gift.
Answer:
SVOO

11. Little men desire high posts.
Answer:
SVO

12. The girl is hemming her kerchief.
Answer:
SVO

13. My house is nearby.
Answer:
SVC

14. They elected me chairman.
Answer:
SVOC

15. The driver kept the car in the garage.
Answer:
SVOC (Adjunct)

Identify the adjuncts and complements in the following sentences.

1. This pen costs twenty rupees.
Answer:
twenty rupees – complement

2. The girl appears foolish.
Answer:
foolish – compliment

3. The dog is at the front gate.
Answer:
at the front gate – complement

4. He left just now.
Answer:
just now – adjunct

5. I get up early in the morning.
Answer:
early in the morning – adjunct

6. Mr. Mishra is a doctor.
Answer:
a doctor – complement

7. The wind blew slowly.
Answer:
slowly – adjunct

8. Fire burns quickly.
Answer:
quickly – adjunct

9. It seems strange.
Answer:
strange – compliment

10. The old man feels cold.
Answer:
cold- complement

11. I made it last year.
Answer:
last year – adjunct

12. The children returned happily.
Answer:
happily – adjunct

13. He met me today.
Answer:
today – adjunct

14. The baby is always crying.
Answer:
always – adjunct

15. It smells nice.
Answer:
nice compliment

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 8 Determiners Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 8 Determiners

⇒ Determiners take the initial position of a noun phrase. (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର ଆଦ୍ୟରେ ବା ପ୍ରଥମରେ ସର୍ବଦା determiners ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

⇒ Determiners limit the meaning of nouns in various ways like by indicating the number or quantity (many/some/much/little..) or by identifying them (this umbrella, that girl) or specifying the possession of or association and relationship with the nouns (her sister, teacher’s mobile.) (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବା ପରିମାଣ, ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ ବା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧ ବା ସଂପର୍କ ଆଦି ଅର୍ଥକୁ determiner limit ବା ସୀମିତ ରଖୁଥାଏ ।)

⇒ In this perspective determiners are described as limiting adjectives in traditional grammar. (ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ determiner କୁlimiting adjective କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

⇒ In noun phrases where there are adjectives, determiners come before adjectives. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଥିଲେ, determiners ସେହି ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।)
Examples:
(i) a nice picture (noun phrase)                     (a – determiner, nice – adjective)
(ii) his beautiful painting (noun phrase)        (his – determiner, beautiful – adjective)
(iii) every cute child – (noun phrase)             (cute-adjective (ଗୁଲଗୁଲିଆ), every-determiner)

⇒ Kind of determiner (determiner ର ପ୍ରକାରଭେଦ) :
definite article
Indefinite article
Possessive Pronoun
genitive possessive
relative determiner
Interrogative determiner
Wh-ever determiner
Indefinite determiner
negative determiner
demonstrative determiner
universal (indefinite) determiners
quantifiers

1. The definite article (The) :	(i) The man was honest and sincere. (ii) This is the story I told him yesterday.
2. The indefinite article (a/an) :	(i) A good friend is a blessing in life. (ii) An aeroplane flew above the roof.
3. Possessive Pronouns (my, your, his, her, our…) :	(i) My father was in the army. (ii) Her hair was curly (କୁଞ୍ଚକୁଞ୍ଚ୍).
4. Genitive Possessives (‘s, s’) :	(i) The headmaster’s office room is neat and clean. (ii) Mukesh’s uncle lives abroad (ବିଦେଶ).
5.Relative determiner (whose, which):	(i) The man whose son has been arrested by the police, is my father’s friend. (ii) I leave the bed at 5 a.m, at which time mother is usually asleep.
6. Interrogative determiners (what, which, whose) :	(i) What time is it? (ii) Whose chair got broken? (iii) Which shirt looks more beautiful?
7. Wh-ever determiners (whichever, whatever, wherever) :	(i) Pick out (ବାଛିନିଅ) whichever dictionary you like. (ii) I will buy whatever cost the mobile costs.
8. Indefinite determiner (some, any) :	(i) Some trees (କେତେକ ଗଛ) bear no fruit. (ii) Do you learn any French? (ଫ୍ରାନ୍ସ ଭାଷାରୁ କିଛି) (iii) The well hasn’t any water in it.
9. Negative determiner (ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ) :	(i) No two roads look well repaired. (ii) No words can lessen ((ପ୍ରଶମିତ କରିପାରିବ ନାହିଁ) my grief (ଦୁଃଖ).
10. Demonstrative determiners (this, that, these, those) :	(i) Look at this / that horse. (ii) These / those apples taste sour (ଖଟା).
11. Universal (indefinite) determiners : (ସାର୍ବଜନୀନ, ଅନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ)	(i) Every car has a number. (ii) Each brother in the family is a government employee.
12. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) some, any, no, each, every, enough, many, much, a little, a few, etc. :	(i) Did any villager report to the village? (determiner) (ii) I have little (ଆଦୌ ନାହିଁ) chance of success. (determiner) (iii) Have you read many books on Gandhiji? (determiner) (iv) Is there any sugar in the tin (ଟିଣ) ? (determiner) (v) No, there is none. (pronoun)

Categories of determiners (determiners ର ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବିଭାଗ ବା ଶ୍ରେଣୀ)
On the basis of the rleative positions of the determiners in noun phrases. They fall into three categories. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକର ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅନୁସାରେ, ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ତିନିଗୋଟି ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।).

Pre-determiner	Determiners	Post-determiners
1. both, half, all	1. Articles : (a/an/the)	1. Cardinal numbers : one, two…
2. Multipliers: once, twice, double, many times etc	2. Demonstratives : this, that, these, those	2. Ordinal numbers: first, second..
3. Fractions (ଭଗ୍ନାଂଶ) : a quarter (ଏକ ଚତୁର୍ଥାଂଶ), two third etc.	3. Possessives : my, your, his, teacher’s	3. General ordinals: other, next, more, last
4. What, such, quite, rather	4. Quantifiers: some, any, each, every	4. Quantifiers: many, few, several, more, less, a lot of….
	5. Wh-determiners: whose, whatever, whichever.

A. Pre-determiners
All, both, half
(1) These three pre-determiners come before articles, possessives and demonstratives.
(ଏହି ତିନୋଟି Pre-determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକ articles, possessives ଓ demonstratives ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
all the boys, both the friends,
half a rupee, all her dresses,
those apples, both these children

(2) Multipliers: Once, twice, double, three times
(Used with singular or plural count nouns or mass nouns expressing amount and degree)
(ଏକବଚନ ବା ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ଓ ପରିମାଣକୁ ବୁଝାଉଥବା ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
(i) You have to pay double the amount as fine (ଜୋରିମାନା).
(ii) He gets three times the salary of his friends (ସାଙ୍ଗର ଦରମାର ତିନିଗୁଣ).
(iii) Uncle has twice the strength of most men of his age (ଦୁଇଗୁଣ ଶକ୍ତି).
(iv) I meet my uncle once a month (ମାସକରେ ଥରେ).
(v) Neelima goes to her parent’s house three times every month.
(ଏଠାରେ once a month, three times every month frequency adverbials ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

(3) Fractions (ଭଗ୍ନାଂଶ) : a quarter, one-third, two-fourth etc.,
a quarter ofa page, one-third (of) the population, two-fourth (of) the field

(4) Degree Pre-determiners: what, such, rather, quite
These degree pre-determiners are used (a) before the indefinite article (a/an) with singular countable nouns (b) without any article with plural count or mass nouns.
[ଉପରୋକ୍ତ degree Pre-determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକ indefinite article ‘a’ ବା ‘an’ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ଓ articleର ବିନା ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
Examples:
(i) What a loss (କ୍ଷତି) ? (loss – singular count noun)
(ii) He was such a fool ! (fool – singular count noun)
(iii) It is rather a silly question, (question – singular count noun)
(iv) Lata has such a beautiful voice, (voice – singular count noun)
(v) It took quite a long time to get there, (time – singular count noun)

B. Post-determiners
(1) Cardinals (ମୌଳିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା) (one, two, three, etc.) :
Examples:
(i) The two roads are leading to the station.
(ii) Unfortunately (ଦୁର୍ଭାଗ୍ୟବଶତଃ) the girl couldn’t avail of the one chance she got. (ସୁଯୋଗର ସଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିଲା ନାହିଁ)

(2) Ordinal numbers (first, second, third etc.) and general ordinals (next, last, an (other) etc.). Ordinal numbers occur only with count nouns and usually come before any cardinal numbers in a noun phrase.
Examples:
(i) The first two exhibits (ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ) won the first prize.
(ii) The last three remarks made by the speaker were very important.
(iii) The other five candidates (ପ୍ରାର୍ଥୀ) belong to Scheduled Tribes (ଆଦିବାସୀ).

(3) Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) :
Quantifiers as post-determiners usually denote degree of quantity or amount. (many, much, a lot of/ lots of, (a) few, several, a large number of, a great deal of (ପ୍ରଚୁର )….)
(i) The few friends I had left me one by one.
(ii) Shyam has a great deal of money.
(iii) Is there a little sugar in the jar?
(iv) A lot of energy is needed to do this work.
(v) He didn’t have much time to listen to my talk.

Classifiers (ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗକାରୀ):
A classifier is a noun or an adjective or a clause which classifies the referent (of a noun) as a part of a group or sub group.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ବିଭାଗକାରୀ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଖଣ୍ଡ ବାକ୍ୟ ଯାହାକି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦର ସୂଚକକୁ ଏକ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବା ଉପସମଷ୍ଟିର ଅଂଶ ରୂପେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରେ ।)
Examples:
(a)

(b)

(c) Kishore Kumar’s first three popular Hindi songs

All the first six very intelligent science students

The Articles
Articles is of three kinds;
(i) Definite Article, (ii) Indefinite Article and (iii) Zero Article.

Definite Article : ‘The’
‘The’ is called Definite Article because the person or thing it refers to, is definite or particular.
(‘The’ ଏକ Definite Article କାରଣ ଏହା ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ।)

1. Before particular or definite person or thing (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ):
Father has gone to the bank. (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ବ୍ୟାଙ୍କ୍)
Where is the boy? (ଜାଣିଥୁବା ବାଳକ)

2. Before unique things (ଅଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ବସ୍ତୁ/ପଦାର୍ଥ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the sky, the moon, the planet, the environment, the ground, the space, the earth, the sun, the star, the world ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ।

3. ‘The’ before superlative degree (Adjective ର superlative degree ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
the largest, the most, the best, the least, the most, etc.

4. ‘The’ before two comparative degrees (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଦୁଇଟି Comparative degree ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
The higher (c.d.) you go, the cooler (c.d.) you feel. (c.d = comparative degree)
The more (c.d.), the merrier. (c.d.)

5. Before mountains (ପର୍ବତଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Himalayas, the Alps, the Rocky mountains, the Andes.

6. Before rivers/seas/oceans (ନଦୀ, ସମୁଦ୍ର ଓ ମହାସମୁଦ୍ର ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
the Ganga, the Kaveri, the Nile (ନୀଳନଦୀ), the Mediterannean (ଭୂମଧ୍ଯସାଗର), the Pacific Ocean (ପ୍ରଶାନ୍ତ ମହାସାଗର), the Bay of Bengal (ବଙ୍ଗୋପସାଗର), the Caspian Sea.

7. Before deserts (ମରୁଭୂମି ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Thar (ଥର୍), the Sahara, the Atakama.

8. Before islands (ଦ୍ଵୀପପୁଞ୍ଜ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Philipines, the West Indies, the Netherlands.

9. Before trains (ରେଳ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Gitanjali Express, The Dhauli Express, The Konark Express, etc.

10. Before epics (ପୁରାଣ/ଧର୍ମଗ୍ରନ୍ଥ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Ramayan, the Mahabharat, the Gita, the Koran, the Bible.

11. Before the ordinals (କ୍ରମିକସଂଖ୍ୟା ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the first, the second, the last, the hundredth (ଶହେତମ)

12. Before the word ‘same ଓ radio’ (same (ସମାନ) ଓ radio ଶବ୍ଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ the) :
He has the same shirt as mine.
People listen to the radio.

13. Before a class (ଏକ ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
The lion is a furious animal. (all the lions)
The giraffe is the tallest animal. (all the giraffes)

14. Before musical instruments (ସଙ୍ଗୀତଯନ୍ତ୍ର ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
the piano, the flute (ବଂଶୀ), the violin etc.

15. Before the Nationality Adjectives (ଦେଶର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
the Indians, the Chinese, the Americans, the Odias, the Bengalis

16. Before people in general :
the blind (the blind people), the rich (the rich people), the poor (the poor people in general)

17. Before newspapers (ସମ୍ବାଦପତ୍ର ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Times of India, the New Indian Express, the Samaj, the Sambad, the Dharitree etc.

18. Before countries having Union of States (ରାଜ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ଦେଶ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
the United Kingdom (ଯୁକ୍ତରାଜ୍ୟ), the United States ofAmerica (ଯୁକ୍ତରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଆମେରିକା)

19. Before certain expressions of time (ସମୟର କେତେକ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
in the morning, in the night, in the evening, in the afternoon.

20. Before designations (ପଦବୀ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Tahasildar, the headmaster, the doctor, the secretary.

21. Before repeated things / persons (ପୁନରାବୃତ୍ତି ବସ୍ତୁ/ ପଦାର୍ଥ/ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
He is a boy. This is the boy I was taking about.
I saw a car. The car was black.

22. Before hotels, cinemas, theaters and famous buildings (ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଭୋଜନାଳୟ, ପ୍ରେକ୍ଷାଳୟ, ଅଟ୍ଟାଳିକା ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
the Taj Hotel, the Grand Cinema, the White House, the Great Wall of China, the Irish Art Gallery, etc.

Use of Indefinite Article : ‘A’ and ‘An’
1. ‘A’ before a singular countable noun beginning with a consonant sound and ‘An’ before a word beginning with a vowel sound. (ଏକବଚନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ Vowel ବା ସ୍ବର ଧ୍ଵନିରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଏହା ପୂର୍ବରୁ an ଓ consonant ବା ବ୍ୟଞ୍ଜନ ଧ୍ଵନିରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ଏହା ପୂର୍ବରୁ a ବସେ ।)
Example: a book, a pen, an orange, an apple, an umbrella, an ant, an aeroplane.

2. If the first letter ‘h’ is silent or n’t pronounced, an is used.
(ଶବ୍ଦର ପ୍ରଥମ ଅକ୍ଷର ‘h’ ଯଦି ଉଚ୍ଚାରିତ ନ ହୁଏ; ତେବେ an ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)
an honest man, an honour, an hour, an heir (ଉତ୍ତରାଧିକାରୀ), an honorary, an honourable person.

3. ‘An’ before abbreviations (ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ରୂପ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘An’) :
an M.E. school
an M.P.
an S.P.
an L.R school
an M.B.B.S.
an M.A.
an S.D.O.
an M.L.A.
an H.B. pencil

4. Words beginning with vowels ‘E’ and ‘U’ but having consonant sounds at the beginnings, take ‘a’ before them :
a European
a useful
a useless
a University
a usual
a unique
a Universal

5. A/An to represent each or per (ପ୍ରତି ଅର୍ଥରେ a ବା an):
eight hours a day (ଦିନକୁ ଆଠଘଣ୍ଟା)
sixty km a litre (ଲିଟରପିଛା ୬୦ କି.ମି.) once a week (ସପ୍ତାହକୁ ଥରେ)
two km an hour (ଘଣ୍ଟାକୁ ଦୁଇ କି.ମି.)

6. A/An to represent a class of persons or animals (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିବିଶେଷ ଓ ପ୍ରାଣୀମାନଙ୍କ ସମଷ୍ଟି ବା ଜାତିକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ a ବା an) :
A cow is a domestic animal. (a = all cows)
A coconut tree (all coconut trees) grows very tall.

7. To mean ‘any one’ (କୌଣସି ଗୋଟିଏ/ ଜଣକୁ ବୁଝାଇବା ଅର୍ଥରେ) :
Give me an egg. (anyone egg)
Give the beggar boy a shirt. (anyone shirt)

8. Before a particular lunch, dinner or breakfast (ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ଭୋଜନ, ରାତ୍ରି ଭୋଜନ ବା ସକାଳ ଜଳଖୁଆ ପୂର୍ବରୁ):
We had (ଖାଇଲୁ) a nice lunch at Mr Mishra’s residence.
I have had a heavy dinner at the wedding.

9. Before a Proper Noun with surname only for stranger (ଅଜଣା ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ସାଙ୍ଗିଆ ପୂର୍ବରୁ a ବସେ) :
A Mr Sahoo has written this novel.
A Dr Mohanty treated father.

10. Before numerical expressions (ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
a hundred-rupee note, a two-km distance, a three-day visit, a couple (husband and wife).

11. Before descriptive nouns (ବର୍ଣନାମୂଳକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ a/an) (ବୃତ୍ତିଧାରଣକାରୀ) :
He is a doctor. Mr Mohanty is an engineer.
My uncle is an advocate.
Meera is a nurse

Zero-Article
The noun which doesn’t take any article is said to have Zero-Article.
(ଯେଉଁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ କୌଣସି article ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ, ତାହା Zero-Article ଧାରଣା କରିଥାଏ ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ।)

1. Before usual meals (ସାଧାରଣ ସବୁଦିନିଆ ଭୋଜନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
Incorrect – He takes the lunch at 1p.m.
Correct – He takes lunch at 1 p.m.
Incorrect – They usually have the breakfast at 7 a.m.
Correct – They usually have breakfast at 7 a.m.

2. Before games and sports (ଖେଳ ଓ କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
Incorrect : I love the cricket.
Correct : I love cricket.
Incorrect : The football is the favourite game of the Europeans.
Correct : Football is the favourite game of the Europeans.

3. Before seasons (ଋତୁ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
Incorrect : I love the winter most.
Correct : I love winter most.
Incorrect : The Spring is the loveliest season.
Correct : Spring is the loveliest season.

4. Before lakes (ହ୍ରଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
Incorrect : We visited the Chilika last year.
Correct : We visited Chilika last year.

5. Before hills (ପାହାଡ଼ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) :
Incorrect : The Kapilas is in Dhenkanal.
Correct : Kapilas is in Dhenkanal.
ସାଧାରଣତଃ କେତେକ Proper Nouns ବା ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ; ଯଥା – ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି, ରାଜ୍ୟ, ଦେଶ, ଗ୍ରାମ, ସହର, ନଗରୀ, ବ୍ଲକ, ମାସ, ଦିନ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘The’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ । (ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

Without ‘THE’ (The ବିନା)	With ‘THE’ (The ସହିତ)
1. Institutions with primary purposes (ପ୍ରାଥମିକ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଅନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ) ⇒ I go to school everyday. ⇒ The prisoner was sent to prison.	For other purposes (ଅନ୍ୟ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ) ⇒ Father goes to the school every week to have a talk to the headmaster. ⇒ The woman went to the prison to see her husband.
2. Pronoun Noun (ନାମବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ) ⇒ Kalidas is a great poet. (କାଳିଦାସଙ୍କ ଭଳି କବି ।)	(ତୁଳନା ଅର୍ଥରେ) ⇒ He is the Kalidas in our village.
3. Abstract noun ( ଗୁଣବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ): ⇒ Honesty is the best policy.	Comparing with a person (ଏକ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଗୁଣ): ⇒ The honesty of the boy is appreciable.(ପ୍ରଶଂସନୀୟ)
4. Material Noun (ଧାତୁବାଚକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ) : ⇒ Gold is a costly metal	Comparing with a place (ଏକ ସ୍ଥାନର ତୁଳନାସହ): ⇒ The gold of South Africa is of superior quality.

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Fill in the blanks choosing the appropriate determiners from those given in the brackets.
(ବନ୍ଧନୀ ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ସଠିକ୍ determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(i) _______ water is clean. (this / these)
Answer:
This (demonstrative)

(ii) _______ girl over there is my sister. (this / that)
Answer:
That (demonstrative)

(iii) The _______ boy in the queue is from my class. (one / first)
Answer:
first (ordinal) queue (ଧାଡି)

(iv) _______ trees were cut off. (many/much)
Answer:
Many (quantifier) trees – plural countable noun

(v) There isn’t _______ oil in the lamp. (many/much)
Answer:
much oil – uncountable noun

(vi) I have _______ problems now. (a few / a little)
Answer:
a few (ଅଳ୍ପକେତେକ) problem – plural countable noun

(vii) Can you draw _______ picture? (any / many)
Answer:
any (picture – sigular countable noun)

(viii) He has _______ property. (much / a lot of)
Answer:
a lot of (ବହୁତ) (property – uncountable) (no negative or interrogative)

(ix) Give a biscuit to _______ child. (every / each)
Answer:
each (child – singular countable) (no specific number)

(x) _______ one in the meeting laughed at the joke. (each / every)
Answer:
Every (one-singular count) (no definite number)

Activity – 2

There are certain errors in the order of determiners in the following sentences. Correct the errors and rewrite the sentences in the space provided. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ୍ରମରେ କେତେକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଭୁଲ ରହିଛି ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଲେଖ ।)

(i) The two last boys in the queue came late.
Answer:
The last two boys in the queue came late.

(ii) His all sisters are doctors.
Answer:
All his sisters are doctors.

(iii) My both sons are in school now.
Answer:
Both (of) my sons are in school now.

(iv) The one-third girls will get a scholarship each.
Answer:
The one-third girls will get a scholarship each.

(v) Five those boys belong to this class.
Answer:
Those five boys belong to this class.

(vi) How can you tell a such thing?
Answer:
How can you tell such a thing?

(vii) These all five books are new.
Answer:
All these five books are new.

(viii) I got the double benefit.
Answer:
I got double the benefit (ସୁବିଧା).

(ix) He has a such little knowledge!
Answer:
He has such a little knowledge.

(x) The all water has become dirty.
Answer:
All the water has become dirty.

Activity – 3

The writer of the passage below has made some mistakes in the use of determiners and adjectives. Underline the mistakes suggesting corrections in the right-hand margin. One has been done for you as an example.
(ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦର ଲେଖକ determiner ଓ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ କେତେକ ଭୁଲ କରିଛନ୍ତି / ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।)
Madan Babu has a son and beautiful two daughters. His all children are good at study. Three years ago his son went to college. The two other children were still at school then. This year his both daughters are in the medical college. Madan Babu has to spend much money for their education. At the end of the month he has hardly much money left with him. He hopes, one day his all children will get any good employment and earn a lot. He hopes he will not borrow no more from others once his children are settled.
Answers:
two beautiful
All his children
The other two children
both his daughters
hardly any
(all his children) (some good)
any more

Activity – 4

Fill in the blanks with a or an wherever necessary.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକସ୍ଥଳେ a ବା an ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)
(i) _______ cow gives us milk.
Answer:
A

(ii) Manoj is _______ honest (ଅନେଷ୍ଟ) worker.
Answer:
an

(iii) Are you _______ university (ଇଉନିଭର୍‌ସିଟି) (consonant sound) student ?
Answer:
a

(iv) _______ oak (ଓକ୍) (vowel sound) tree lives very long.
Answer:
An

(v) I have been waiting here for _______ hour (ଆଓ୍ବାର୍).
Answer:
an

(vi) _______ elephant is _______ wild (ଉଆଇଲ୍‌ଡ୍ – ହିଂସ୍ର) (consonant sound) animal.
Answer:
An, a

(vii) The computer is _______ useful (ଇଉସଫୁଲ) (consonant sound) machine.
Answer:
a

(viii) Capt Nayak is _______ NCC (ଏନ୍.ସି.ସି) (vowel sound) officer.
(But a National Cadet Corps officer)
Answer:
an

Activity – 5

Fill in the blanks with ‘the’ if it is necessary, otherwise put a cross (✗) there.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକସ୍ଥଳେ ‘the’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର; ନ ହେଲେ ଛକି ଚିହ୍ନ ବସାଅ ।)
(i) Mr Pujari is _______ headmaster of our school.
Answer:
the (headmaster – ପଦବୀ)

(ii) I can see a lot of people on _______ beach.
Answer:
the (beach – ସମୁଦ୍ରକୂଳ ନିକଟସ୍ଥ ସ୍ଥାନ ପରିଚିତ)

(iii) Mina is _______ tallest girl in our class.
Answer:
the (tallest – superlative degree)

(iv) This school is meant for _______ blind and _______ deaf.
Answer:
the, (the (blind = ଅନ୍ଧମାନେ, the deaf = କାଲମାନେ)

(v) I cannot speak _______ French well.
Answer:
✗(ଭାଷା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ‘the’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ)

(vi) _______ French are artistic people.
Answer:
The (French = ଫରାସୀମାନେ ଜାତିବାଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘The’)

Activity – 6

A boy gives an account of his journey from Bhubaneswar to Kanyakumari and back. He has made some mistakes in using the articles. Underline the mistakes and write them correctly in the right hand margin against the line where they occur. One has been done for you. (ଭୁବେନଶ୍ବରରୁ କନ୍ୟାକୁମାରୀ ଓ କନ୍ୟାକୁମାରୀରୁ ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର ଯାତ୍ରା ବିଷୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାଳକର ଯାତ୍ରାକାଳୀନ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଛି / article ର ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ ସେ କେତେକ ତ୍ରୁଟି କରିଛି। ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ବରେ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଲେଖ ।)

We went to the station by the car and boarded the train. Travelling by the train was very enjoyable. I could see the rivers, the mountains and many other things from it. Our train rolled past the Chilika lake in hour’s time. We crossed rivers like Rusikulya in Orissa and Godavari in Andhra. We saw the people working in fields on the both sides of train line. Kanyakumari provided grand scene. Bay of Bengal and the Arabian sea meet at that point. In evening that day I could see sun setting on one side of sea and moon rising on the other. It was rare sight. Father told me that the Sri Lanka was only a few miles away from there. Palk Strait divided it from India. After a few days stay there, we went to Ooty which is on Nilgiri Hills. Ooty is cool place. We enjoyed our stay there before coming to Bangalore by the bus. Bangalore is capital of Karnatak. From there we flew by the air and reached Bhubaneswar just in two hours time!
(Besides articles, some other mistakes in the passage have been corrected)
Answer
by car
by train
rivers, mountains
Chilika lake, in an hour’s time
the Rusikulya, the Godavari
in the fields
the train line, grand scenery
the Bay of Bengal
In the evening, the sun
of the sea, the moon
a rare sight, Sri Lanka
The Palk Strait
days
the Nilgiri Hills, a cool place
by bus, the capital
by air
two hours’ time

Activity – 7

Fill in the blanks with ‘the’ wherever necessary. Otherwise, put a cross mark (✗) in it.
(ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ‘the’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର / ନ ହେଲେ × ବସାଅ ।)

(i) I am going to _______ hospital to meet a friend.
Answer
the (ଦେଖ‌ିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

(ii) Did you come here by _______ bus or by taxi?
Answer
× (ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

(iii) We started work in _______ morning and finished it in _______ evening.
Answer
the, the

(iv) The criminal was sent to _______ prison.
Answer
× (ମୌଳିକ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

(v) Everyday I go to _______ bed at _______ ten O’clock.
Answer
×, × (ଶୋଇବା ପାଇଁ)

(vi) If you want to travel by _______ sea, take _______ morning ship.
Answer
× (ଜଳଯାତ୍ରା), a

(vii) You will find the book on _______ bed.
Answer
the (ସାଧାରଣ ସ୍ଥାନ)

(viii) Birds leave their nests at _______ daybreak.
Answer
×

(ix) It is hot during _______ day and cool during _______ night.
Answer
the, the

(x) It is difficult to see at _______ night.
Answer
×

Activity – 8

In the passage below a and the have been left out before some nouns. Underline the nouns and insert a or the wherever they are necessary. (ନିମ୍ନଗ୍ଧ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରେ କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ ପୂର୍ବରୁ a ବା the କୁ ଉଠାଇ ଦିଆଯାଇଛି । ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅନୁସାରେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପୂର୍ବରୁ a ବା an ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)
Once the students of our class planned to go on picnic to Chilika. We decided to go by bus. We bought food materials we needed. We also bought wood for fuel. On way we stopped at place and got some cold drinks from shop. At picnic spot we had lot of fun. We enjoyed music and dance performed by some students. We also went to Kalijai by boat. We enjoyed boat journey very much. At noon we had our food and before evening we came back to school.
Answers:
Once the students of our class planned to go on a picnic to Chilika. We decided to go by bus. We bought the food materials we needed. We also bought wood for fuel. On the way we stopped at a place and got some cold drinks from a shop. At the picnic spot we had a lot of fun. We enjoyed the music and the dance performed by some students. We also went to Kalijai by boat. We enjoyed the boat journey very much. At noon we had our food and before the evening we came back to school.

Determiners Additional Questions With Answers

Choose the appropriate determiners.

1. We have _______ problems now. (a few/ a little)
Answer:
a few

2. Can he draw _______ picture? (any / many)
Answer:
any

3. Mr Sahu has a _ property. (much / a lot of)
Answer:
a lot of

4. Give a biscuit to _______ child. (every / each)
Answer:
each

5. _______ one in the meeting langhed at the joke. (each / every)
Answer:
Every

6. There isn’t _______ oil in the lamp. (many/much)
Answer:
much

7. _______ trees were cut off. (Many / Much)
Answer:
Many

8. The _______ boy in the queue is from my class. (one / last)
Answer:
last

9. _______ girl over there is my sister. (This / These)
Answer:
That

10. _______ water is clean. (This / These)
Answer:
This

11. I don’t know _______ person to meet. (what / which)
Answer:
which

12. _______ colour is the sky? (Which / What)
Answer:
What

13. _______ children are they? (Whose / Which)
Answer:
Whose

14. Is there _______ water in the pot? (any / a lot of)
Answer:
any

15. _______ children are playing. ( A few / A little)
Answer:
A few

16. _______ people were present. (Much / Many)
Answer:
Many

17. _______ pen will do. (Either / Every)
Answer:
Either

18. Where are _______ books? (my / mine)
Answer:
my

19. You need _______ money to buy this. (many / a lot of)
Answer:
a lot of

20. Mother has still _______ rice for me. (some / little)
Answer:
some

Identify the determiners.

1. This pen writes well.
Answer:
This-demonstrative

2. I met three tourists from America.
Answer:
three-numeral (Cardinal number)

3. Some birds are flying.
Answer:
some-quantifier

4. I need more water.
Answer:
more – quantifier

5. I have a few problems.
Answer:
few-quantifier

6. That man is deaf.
Answer:
that-demonstrative

7. What time is it?
Answer:
what-wh-determiner

8. This is our school.
Answer:
our-possessive

9. Every child got a prize.
Answer:
Every-distributive

10. Whose children are they?
Answer:
whose-wh-determiner

11. This is Rahim’s pencil.
Answer:
Rahim’s possessive

12. I don’t know which person to meet.
Answer:
which-wh- determiner

13. Where is your book?
Answer:
your-possessive

14. The first girl was intelligent.
Answer:
the-article, first-ordinal number (numeral)

15. Is there any water in the jug ?
Answer:
any – quantifier, the-article

16. Those people are hard-working.
Answer:
Those-demonstrative

17. An oak tree lives for about 300 years.
Answer:
An-article

18. The water in the pond is muddy.
Answer:
the-article

19. A lot of people are coming.
Answer:
a lot of
quantifier

20. Can you draw any picture?
Answer:
any-quantifier

Fill in the blanks with an article.

1. There is _ M.E. School in our village.
Answer:
an

2. Onion sells fifteen rupees _______ kilogram.
Answer:
a

3. Munu is _______ NCC cadet.
Answer:
an

4. My father is a lecturer in _______ University.
Answer:
a

5. He is _______ honourable person.
Answer:
an

6. My friend hosted _______ dinner for us.
Answer:
a

7. I need _______ hundred rupee.
Answer:
a

8. _______ oak tree lives very long.
Answer:
an

9. Cow is _______ useful animal.
Answer:
a

10. We waited for him for _______ hour.
Answer:
an

11. Mr. Prasanna Patsani is _______ M.P.
Answer:
an

12. He is _______ tallest boy in our class.
Answer:
the

13. _______ Taj Mahal is very famous.
Answer:
the

14. Vishnu Sharma wrote _______ Panchatantra.
Answer:
the

15. He knew how to play _______ guitar.
Answer:
the

16. _______ English left India in 1947.
Answer:
the

17. _______ blind depend on others.
Answer:
the

18. _______ Andamans is an island.
Answer:
the

19. _______ UAE is an Islamic country.
Answer:
the

20. _______ Mahandi flows through Odisha.
Answer:
the

21. I visited _______ Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Answer:
the

22. The sun rises in _______ east.
Answer:
the

23. I am going to _______ hospital to see my friend’s mother.
Answer:
the

24. Puri stands on _______ Bay of Bengal.
Answer:
the

25. Mr. P. K. Prusty is _______ headmaster of our school.
Answer:
the

26. Everyday I read _______ Times of India.
Answer:
the

27. _______ Geeta is a holy book.
Answer:
the

28. He is coming on _______ next train.
Answer:
the

29. I listen to _______ radio everyday.
Answer:
the

30. The earth moves round _______ sun.
Answer:
the

Rewrite the sentences putting the determiners in right order.

1. My both daughters are in college now.
Answer:
Both my daughters are in college now.

2. The one third boys will get a prize each.
Answer:
The one-third boys each will get a prize.

3. His all brothers are teachers.
Answer:
All his brothers are teachers.

4. The two first girls in the queue came late.
Answer:
The first two girls in the queue came late.

5. I got double the benefit.
Answer:
I got the double benefit.

6. The all water has become dirty.
Answer:
All the water has become muddy.

7. He has a such little knowledge.
Answer:
He has such a little knowledge.

8. Five those boys belong to this class.
Answer:
Those five boys belong to this class.

9. How can you tell a such thing?
Answer:
How can you tell such a thing?

10. These all five books are new.
Answer:
All these five books are new.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 2 Verbs Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 2 Verbs

Read the paragraph of the lesson “The Priceless Gift”. (ପଢ଼ାବହିର “The Priceless Gift” ର ପ୍ରଥମ paragraphକୁ ପଢ଼ ।)
I went(ଯାଇଥୁଲି) to a vegetarian restaurant (ନିରାମିଷ ହୋଟେଲ୍). It was (ଥ୍ଲା) lunchtime. The restaurant (ଭୋଜନାଳୟ) was (ଥ୍ଲା) very crowded (ଗହଳି). I saw that some of the chairs and tables had been pushed (ଠେଲିକରି ରଖାଯାଇଥିଲା) into a corner. I chose (ବାଛିଲି) the corner table, seated (ବସିପଡ଼ିଲି) myself and started skimming (ଆଖୁ ବୁଲେଇନେଲି) through the newspaper.

Here the underlined words are the verbs since they say about what someone does or what happens. (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କାରଣ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଜଣେ କରୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବା ଘଟୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ସୂଚନା ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି ।)

→ A verb is a doing word because it does some work or it tells or asserts something about a person or a thing.
→ In order to know a verb or verbs in a sentence, we ought to know the following. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଜାଣିବାପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ ଜିନିଷ ଜାଣିବା ଉଚିତ ।)

A verb may tell us :
(i) What a person or thing does (ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ଯାହା କରେ):
The boy plays (ଖେଳେ).
The child is crying (ଖେଳେ).

(ii) What is done to a person or thing (ଜଣେ ବକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁକୁ ଯାହା କରାଯାଏ).
Tea is drunk (ପିଆଯାଏ).
Ripe bananas are eaten (ଖୁଆଯାଏ).

(iii) What a person or things is:
The boy is good.
The cow is gentle.
The Indians are peace-loving (ଶାନ୍ତିପ୍ରିୟ ).

A verb appears in a sentence either as a word or a group of words. (ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ।)
Examples:
(i) The tree was strong and tall. (ଥ୍ଲା)
(ii) It has been cut down. (କଟାଯାଇଛି / କାଟି ଦିଆଯାଇଛି)
(iii) Ravan was killed by Ramachandra. (ନିହତ ହୋଇଥିଲା)

Verb Phrase (କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
The term (ଶବ୍ଦ) ‘Verb Phrase’ refers to a single-word verb as well as groups of verb forms (auxiliary + main verbs) functioning as single-word verb(s).
(Verb Phrase ଶବ୍ଦଟି ଏକକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଏବଂ କ୍ରିୟାପଦମାନଙ୍କର ସମଷ୍ଟି (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ + ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା) କୁ ବୁଝାଏ ଯାହା ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଭଳି କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ।)

Examples:
is going, are working, has been washed, will be built, had been waiting, may have visited, ate, feeds etc.

Forms of Verbs (କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ରୂପ) :
We have five forms of verbs. (କ୍ରିୟାପଦମାନଙ୍କର ୫ଟି ରୂପ ଅଛି।)
(i) ‘Base’ form (ମୂଳରୂପ): go, help, fly, run etc.
(ii) -s form (forming present simple tense in the third person singular number) (ତୃତୀୟ ପୁରୁଷ ଏକବଚନ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ present simple tense ତିଆରି କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ): goes, helps, flies, runs………..
(iii) -d/-ed/-t/ and other forms to make past simple tense (Past simple tense ତିଆରି କରିବାରେ -d/-ed/-t/ ଆଦି ଯୋଗକରି): went, helped, flew, ran…
(iv) -ing form ଯୋଗକରି) : going, helping, flying, running……..
(v) -ed/- en form (Past participle) (Past Participle 6 – ed/- en ଆଦି ଯୋଗକରି): gone, helped, flown, run……

The word “Auxiliary’ means ‘helping”. Thus, Auxiliary verbs are the verbs which help other verbs to form some of their tenses, voices, moods, negative and interrogative forms etc. ଶବ୍ଦର ଅର୍ଥ ସାହଯ୍ୟ କରିବା । ତେଣୁ Auxiliary verbs ସେହି କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଯାହା tense (ବା କାଳ), voice (ବାଚ୍ୟ), moods (ଭାବ), ନାସ୍ତି ଓ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ତିଆରି କରିବାରେ ଅନ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ (ଏଠାରେ Main verb ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ)କୁ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ।]

Main Verbs (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା) :
The verbs that are helped by auxiliary verbs to form tense, voice, mood, etc. are called Main Verbs. (ଯେଉଁ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କାଳ, ବାଚ୍ୟ, ଭାବ ଆଦି ତିଆରିରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ଦ୍ବାରା ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ମୁଖ୍ୟକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) The cow has been milked by mother. (ଦୁହାଁଯାଇଛି)
(has, been-auxiliary verbs, milked – Main verb)

(ii) How long will it take you to finish this work?
(will – auxiliary, take – main verb)

(iii) The letters are being typed.
(are – auxiliary, being – auxiliary, typed – main verb)

(iv) Having taken his meal, Harish went to school.
(Having – auxiliary, taken – main verb, went – main verb)

(v) Where should we find him?
(should – auxiliary, find – main verb)

Let’s know some important points of difference between the Main verbs and the Auxiliary verbs. (Main Verb ଓ Auxiliary Verb ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥିବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପାର୍ଥକ୍ୟ ଜାଣିବା)

Main verbs	Auxiliary verbs
(i) Main verbs have dictionary meanings. (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦମାନଙ୍କର ଆଭିଧାନିକ ଅର୍ଥ ଅଛି।)	(i) Auxiliary verbs have no dictionary meanings. ( ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଆଭିଧାନିକ ଅର୍ଥ ନାହିଁ।)
(ii) Main verbs can’t function as operator. (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟର ମୂଳରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଆମ୍ଭେ statement ବା ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ‘Yes – No’ questionରେ ପରି ଣତ କରିପାରିବା ନାହିଁ ।)	(ii) Auxiliary verbs can function as operators. ( ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦକୁ operator ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ, କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ‘Yes-No? question ତିଆରି କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।)
(iii) A negative sentence can’t be formed by putting ‘not’ after the Main Verb. (ପ୍ରଧାନ କ୍ରିୟା ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ not ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।)	(ii) A sentence can be made negative by placing ‘not’ after the auxiliaries. (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ not ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ।)

Examples:
Jyoti played cricket cleverly, (statement / ଉକ୍ତି)

Yes – No questions (Incorrect)	Yes – No question (Correct)
Played Jyoti cricket cleverly? Negative sentence (Incorrect)	Did Jyoti play cricket cleverly? Negative sentence (correct)
Jyoti played not cricket cleverly.	Jyoti didn’t play cricket cleverly

Here we should mark the auxiliary verb ‘did’ in the formation of Yes- No questions and Negative sentence. (ଏଠାରେ ଉଭୟ ‘Yes – No’ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ ତିଆରିରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ‘did’ ର ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତି ଦୃଷ୍ଟିଦିଅ ।)
Let’s see the use of Primary auxiliaries and Modal auxiliaries with Main Verbs in different sentences. (ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବାକ୍ୟରେ Primary ଓ Modal ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ) ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖିବା)

(i) Have you watered the plants?
(ii) Homework was being done by the pupils.
(iii) The poem had been beautifully explained by the poet.
(iv) Do your duty sincerely?
(v) Flowers are a wonderful creation of God.
(vi) May the match be cancelled due to heavy rain?
(vii) The thief will be punished by the police.
(viii) Be polite to everybody.
(ix) The rain could have spoiled the crops.
(x) Is there God?
(xi) Father doesn’t do anything illegal (ବେଆଇନ).
(xii) What does this word mean?
(xiii) The Chinese are hard-working. (ପରିଶ୍ରମୀ)
(xiv) Shreya was to be married last month, but she had a cold fever.
(xv) You aren’t to spit (ଛେପ ପକାଇବା) here. (You mustn’t spit here)
Answers:

Modal Auxiliaries	PrimaryAuxiliaries	Main Verb
(i)	Have	watered
(ii)	was, being	done
(iii)	had, been	explained
(iv)		do
(v)	are
(vi) May	be	cancelled
(vii) will	be	punished
(vili)		Be
(ix) could	have	spoiled
(x)		Is
(xi)	does	do
(xii)	does	mean
(xiii)		are
(xiv)	was, to be	married, had
(xv)	are	(to) spit

Note: When the auxiliary verbs particularly the primary auxiliaries are used as the single-unit verbs, they are always the main verbs. (ଯେତେବେଳେ primary auxiliaries ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ, ସେତେବେଳେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସର୍ବଦା main verb ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।)

Sentence	Primary Aux.	Main Verb
(i) Rohit has a pen.		has
(ii) Rohit has bought a pen.	has	bought
(iii) Why didn’t you do this work?	did	do
(iv) Do your work honestly.		do
(v) The people were considerate ( ବିଚାରବନ୍ତ ).		were
(vi) Were they looking for the hidden treasure (ଗୁପ୍ତଧନ)?	were	looking for
(vii) Am I your servant?		Am
(viii) Am I doing your service?	Am	doing

Main Verb in English is otherwise known as Full Verb or Ordinary Verb or Principal Verb or Lexical Verb. (ଇଂରାଜୀରେ Main Verb (ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ବା ପ୍ରଧାନ କ୍ରିୟା) କିମ୍ବା Ordinary Verb ବା Full Verb ବା Principal Verb ବା Lexical Verb କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Textual Activities With Answers
Activity-1

Write ten sentences by taking one expression from each column of the following table.
(ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ନେଇ ଦଶଟି ବାକ୍ୟ ଲେଖ ।)

A	B	C
I / We / You / He / She / It / They	am/ is	a student/students.
My sister / My sister and I	are	my school bag.

Answers:

(i)	I am a student.	(ii)	We are students.
(iii)	You are a student.	(iv)	You are students.
(v)	She is a student.	(vi)	It is a student.
(vii)	They are students.	(viii)	My sister is a student
(ix)	My sister and I are students.	(x)	It is my school bag

Activity – 2

Identify the auxiliary verbs and main verbs in the following dialogue. Circle the auxiliary verbs and underline the main verbs and underline the main verbs. (ଲିଖତ କଥୋପକଥନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ଓ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନଟ କର । ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବୃତ୍ତ ଭିତରେ ଓ ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କର ।)
Maggie came to say goodbye. She was dressed in black
Meena: ‘Are you leaving today ?’
Maggie: Yes, today is the day of my departure.’
Meena: ‘How long will it take to reach your country? Which part of the country you live in?
Maggie: I do not know exactly where I [am] posted until I arrive there

Answers:
Maggie came to say goodbye. She [way] dressed in black
Meena: ‘Are you leaving today ?’
Maggie: Yes, today is the day of my departure.’
Meena: ‘How long will it take to reach your country? Which part of the country (do) you live in?
Maggie: I do not know exactly where I (am) posted until I arrive there

Activity- 3

Now, let’s play a game. Look at the following sentences.
(ଚାଲ ଗୋଟିଏ ଖେଳ ଖେଳିବା । ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖ ।)
(A) He may write the essay.
(B) He has written the essay.
(C) He is writing the essay.
(D) The essay is written.

Underline the main verbs (mv) and circle the auxiliary verbs (aux.). What do you find?
(A) He(may) write the essay. (ଲେଖିପାରେ)
(B) He (Has) written the essay. (ଲେଖୁଛି)
(C) He(ls) writing the essay. (ଲେଖୁଛି)
(D) The essay(is) written. (ଲେଖାଯାଏ)
In the sentence (A) aux + mv.
In the sentence (B) aux + mv – en.
In the sentence (C) aux + mv – ing
In the sentence (D) aux + mv – en.

Now write sentences for the following combinations. (Questions with Answers)
AB = He may have written the essay.
AC = He ___________ ________ _________ the essay.
BC = He ___________ ________ _________ the essay.
AD = The essay _________ __________ ___________.
BD = The essay _________ __________ ___________.
CD = The essay _________ __________ ___________.
Answers:
AB = He may have written the essay. (ଲେଖୁଥାଇପାରେ)
AC = He may be writing the essay. (ଲେଖୁଥାଇପାରେ)
BC = He may have been writing the essay. (ଲେଖୁଥାଇପାରେ)
AD = The essay may be written. (ଲେଖା ହୋଇପାରେ)
BD = The essay may have been written. (ଲେଖା ହୋଇଥାଇପାରେ)
CD = The essay has been written. (ଲେଖାଯାଇଛି)

Now make the following combinations.
ABC = He __________ _________ __________ ___________ the essay.
ABD = The essay __________ __________ __________ ____________.
Answers:
ABC = He may have been written the essay.
ABD = The essay may have been written.

Activity – 4

Anil, Bina and Chinu are three friends, but their lives are very different Look at the chart and answer the questions using the correct auxiliary verb. (ଅନୀଲ, ବୀଣା ଓ ଚିନୁ ତିନି ବନ୍ଧୁ ଅଟନ୍ତି । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଜୀବନୀ ଅତି ଭିନ୍ନ / Chart କୁ ଦେଖ ଓ ଠିକ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।)

	Anil	Bina	Chinu
Run fast	✓	–	✓
Long hair	–	✓	–
Musical instrument	–	✓	✓
Swim	✓	–	✓
Bom in a city	✓	✓	–
Ride a bike	✓	–	–
Many friends	–	✓	✓

Answer:

Who’s got long hair?	Bina has long hair but Anil and Chinu don’t (have).
Who plays a musical instrument?	Bina and Chinu play but Anil doesn’t.
Who swims in the pond?	Anil and Chinu swim but Bina doesn’t.
Who was born in a city?	Anil and Bina were born in a city but Chinu wasn’t.
Who rides a bike?	Anil rides a bike but Bina and Chinu don’t.
Who has many friends?	Bina and Chinu have many friends but Anil hasn’t

Activity – 5

Choose the correct alternatives given in brackets to fill in the blanks to complete the conversation. One has been done for you.
(ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ସଠିକ୍ ବିକଳ୍ପ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
Sunil: I haven’t seen Vivek all day. (have/haven’t / hasn’t)
Leena: I ____________ either. I don’t know where he is. (have/haven’t / don’t)
Sunil: Who left this note?
Leena: Vivek __________ (must have / may have). It’s his handwriting.
Sunil: But he ________ say where he’s gone, (hasn’t / don’t / doesn’t)
Leena: He would have if he’d wanted us to know where he _____________. (does go/has gone/was gone)
Sunil: Do you think he _____________ to his grandpa’s house? (was gone/ was going /has gone)
Leena: He might have. Who knows?
Sunil: ______________ you think he’ll telephone? (Are /Have /Do)
Leena: He might. I’m not sure.
Sunil: ______________ he taken his bicycle? (Does / Has / Is)
Leena: He must have because it is not there.
Sunil: He ______________ acting very strangely this morning, (is /does /was)
Leena: I know he _____________. We should have asked him why. (was/had / did)
Sunil: I would have but I _____________ have time, (don’t / am not / didn’t)
Leena: Can’t we phone his grandpa?
Sunil: We could. But we _____________ got his number, (don’t / aren’t / haven’t)

Answers:
Sunil: I haven’t seen Vivek all day.
Leena: I haven’t either. I don’t know where he is.
Sunil: Who left this note?
Leena : Vivek must have (left) (ଛାଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଯାଇଥାଇପାରେ). It’s his handwriting.
Sunil: But he doesn’t say where he’s gone.
Leena: He would have if he’d wanted us to know where he has gone.
Sunil: Do you think he has gone to his grandpa’s house?
Leena: He might have. Who knows?
Sunil: Do you think he’ll telephone?
Leena: He might. I’m not sure.
Sunil: Has he taken his bicycle?
Leena: He must have because it is not there.
Sunil: He was acting very strangely this morning.
Leena: I know he was. We should have asked him why.
Sunil: I would have but I didn’t have (ସମୟ ନଥିଲା) time.
Leena: Can’t we phone his grandpa?
Sunil: We could. But we haven’t (ପାଖରେ ନାହିଁ) got his number.

Remember: The verb of a sentence is used according to the number and person of the subject.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟର କ୍ରିୟାପଦ କର୍ତ୍ତାର ପୁରୁଷ ଓ ବଚନ ଅନୁସାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

Mark the subject and verb agreement in the following table

I We / You / They / The students He / She / Mina / The teacher The teacher and the students	am are is are	in the classroom
The cow Cows	eats eat	grass

Subject	Person / Number	Verb
I	1st/ singular	am ଅଟେ/ was(ଥ୍ଲୁ)
I	1st/singular	eat (ଖାଏ)
We	1st/plural	are ((ଅଟୁ) /were (ଥ୍ଲୁ)
We	1st /plural	eat (ଖାଉ)
Father	2nd/ singular	are (ଅଟ) / were (ଥ୍ଲ) / eat (ଖାଅ)
You (ତୁମ୍ଭେମାନେ)	2nd/plural	are (ଅଟ) / were (ଥ୍) / eat (ଖାଅI)
He / She / Gopal / The dog	3rd / singular	is (ଅଟ) / was (ଥ୍) / eats (ଖାଏ)
They/The people/ The dogs	3rd/plural	are (ଅଟନ୍ତି) / were (ଥିଲେ)
They/The people/ The dogs	3rd /plural	eat (ଖାଆନ୍ତି)

Verbs Additional Questions With Answers

Identify the auxiliary verbs in the following sentences.
1. I can draw a picture.
Answer:
can

2. They have been playing here for a long time.
Answer:
have been

3. Nobody has arrived yet.
Answer:
has

4. She is doing her homework.
Answer:
is

5. You should obey your parents.
Answer:
should

6. He may write the essay.
Answer:
may

7. What did he do on Sunday?
Answer:
did

8. They were reading in this school.
Answer:
were

9. Reshma will do it.
Answer:
will

10. Satish had been reading there.
Answer:
had been

Identify the main verbs in the following sentences.
1. He is a man of principle.
Answer:
is

2. How does he do his homework?
Answer:
do

3. Ashok Babu has established a new school.
Answer:
established

4. I can drive a car.
Answer:
drive

5. I have not seen him all day.
Answer:
seen

6. Do me a favour.
Answer:
do

7. How wonderful it looks!
Answer:
looks

8. Have you finished your work?
Answer:
finished

9. She waters the plants every day.
Answer:
waters

10. Are you leaving today?
Answer:
leaving

Choose the correct alternatives.
1. She ____________ come here, (haven’t / hasn’t)
Answer:
hasn’t

2. She could _______________ laughing at us. (has been/have been)
Answer:
have been

3. Puja ____________ know how to write, (don’t / doesn/t)
Answer:
doesn’t

4. you think he will come? (Do / Are)
Answer:
Do

5. I would have done it, but I __________ have time, (don’t / didn’t)
Answer:
didn’t

6. She ___________ dancing beautifully last evening, (is/was)
Answer:
was

7. It __________ be a nice day. (shall / will)
Answer:
will

8. I wish I ____________ four hands, (had/have)
Answer:
had

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 7 Countables and Uncountables Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 7 Countables and Uncountables

⇒ Look at the following dialogue / conversation (ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର)
Amar: What are you going to buy today, Samar?
Samar : I have to buy (କିଣିବାର ଅଛି) rice, sugar, dal, ghee, mustard (ସୋରିଷ), cheese (ଛେନା), an umbrella and some apples. What are going to buy, Amar?
Amar: I’ve to buy a pen, a pencil, a book, some paper, a cup, butter, milk, bananas and some other vegetables.

ଏହି କଥୋପକଥନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ Noun ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ ଯାହାକି ବିଭିନ୍ନ ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥର ନାମକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି । ଏ ସମସ୍ତ Noun (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ) ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ୨ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ; ଯଥା— (i) Countables (Count Noun) ଏବଂ (ii) Uncountables (Uncount Noun)

⇒ Count Noun (ଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
The Noun that can be counted is called Countable or Count Noun and it has both singular and plural number form. (ଯେଉଁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦକୁ ଗଣି ହୁଏ ଓ ଏହାର ଏକବଚନୀୟ ଓ ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ରୂପ ଅଛି, ତାହାକୁ ଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

ଉପରଲିଖତ କଥାବାର୍ତ୍ତାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Count Noun ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା – umbrella (one), apples (plural), pen (one), pencil (one), cap (one), bananas (plural), vegetables (plural).

Uncount Noun ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଲା : rice, sugar, dal, ghee, mustard, cheese, paper, butter and milk.

⇒ Uncount Noun (ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
The Noun that can’t be counted and has no plural number form is called Uncountable or Uncount Noun. (ଯେଉଁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦକୁ ଗଣିହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ଓ ଏହାର ବହୁବଚନୀୟ ରୂପ ନାହିଁ, ତାହାକୁ ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Remember:
An Uncount Noun is neither singular nor plural, since it can’t be counted. (ଗୋଟିଏ Uncount Noun ଏକବଚନ କି ବହୁବଚନ ନୁହେଁ; ଯେହେତୁ ଏହାକୁ ଗଣିହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

‘-s’ ବା ‘-es’ morpheme ବା ରୂପିମରେ ଥିବା କେତେକ noun ‘Uncountable Noun’ ଶ୍ରେଣୀର । ଯଥା – mathematics, physics (ପଦାର୍ଥବିଜ୍ଞାନ), economics (ଅର୍ଥନୀତି), measles (ମିଳିମିଳା), mumps (ଗଳାଫୁଲା ରୋଗ), news (ସମ୍ବାଦ ସମାଚାର), politics (ରାଜନୀତି) etc.

⇒ Commonly used Uncount Nouns :
accommodation (ରହିବା ଘର ବାସଘର ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥା),
behaviour (ବ୍ୟବହାର)
bread, coffee, damage, tea, milk, dust, traffic, scenery (ଦୃଶ୍ୟ),
poetry (କବିତାବଳୀ)
equipment (ସରଞ୍ଜାମ)
grass, information, progress (ଉନ୍ନତି)
machinery (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି)
employment (ରୋଜଗାର)
furniture ( ଆସବାବପତ୍ର ଘରର ଉପକରଣ)
rain, juice (ରସ)
toothache (ଦାନ୍ତବିନ୍ଧା)
news, postage, permission, stomachache (ପେଟ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା)
weather (ପାଗ)
money, waste (ନଷ୍ଟ)
jealousy (ଈର୍ଷା)
wine (ମଦ)
soap (ସାବୁନ)
wood (କାଠ)
coal (କୋଇଲା)
salt (ଲୁଣ)
toothache (ଦାନ୍ତବିନ୍ଧା)
copper (ତମ୍ବା)
climate (ଜଳବାୟୁ)
work, water, anger (କ୍ରୋଧ)
affection (ସ୍ନେହ)
ink (କାଳି)
paper (କାଗଜ)
gold (ସୁନା)
diamond (ହୀରା)
dal (ଡାଲି)
sugar (ଚିନି)
hatred (ଘୃଣା)
oxygen, nitrogen, carbon (ଅଙ୍ଗାର) etc.

An Uncount Noun takes Singular Verb (is/was/has/does/Main Verb + s)
(Uncount Noun ପାଖରେ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
Mathematics (Uncount Noun) is my favorite subject.
The furniture (Uncount Noun) in our house has been sold out.
The information (Uncount Noun) is wrong.
The poetry (Uncount Noun) gives pleasure to the mind.
The progress (Uncount Noun) of this boy in English is rapid.
The traffic (Uncount Noun) turns to the west.
His trouble (Uncount Noun) was that he didn’t understand me.

Some Count Nouns look Singular in form but always take Plural Verbs.
(କେତେକ ଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ଗଠନରେ ଏକବଚନଭଳି ଦେଖାଯାଉଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବହୁବଚନକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଥୁବାରୁ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
ଯଥା – (i) The police are on duty. (are = Plural Verb)
(ii) The cattle were grazing in the field.
(iii) The public demand justice. (ନ୍ୟାୟ)
(iv) People in villages live in peace. (ଶାନ୍ତିରେ ବାସକରନ୍ତି )
(v) The rich have a lot of money. (ପ୍ରଚୁର ଟଙ୍କା ଅଛି)
(vi) The blind need our help.

⇒ Plural count nouns ହେଲା cattle, public, people, rich, blind ।
କେତେକ Plural Nouns; ଯଥା – annals (ପୃଷ୍ଠା), arms (ଅସ୍ତ୍ରଶସ୍ତ୍ର), ashes (ପାଉଁଶ), assets (ସମ୍ପରି), clothes, customs (ଶୁଳ୍କ), environs (ପରିବେଶ), fetters (ବେଢ଼ି), savings (ସଂଚିତ ଅର୍ଥ), remains (ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟାଶ), wages (ମଜୁରି), tidings (ଖବର), statistics (ପରିସଂଖ୍ୟାନ), spectacles (ଦୃଶ୍ୟସମୂହ), adds (ସମ୍ଭାବନା) ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ସର୍ବଦା Plural form; ଯଥା ‘ – s’ ବା ‘– es’ ରେ ଶେଷ ହୁଏ ।

⇒ Nouns used both as Count Nouns and Uncount Nouns
(ଉଭୟ ଗଣନୀୟ ଓ ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା Nouns)

Uncount Nouns	Count Nouns
work (କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)	a piece of work (ଗୋଟିଏ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) ବା works (ଲେଖାସବୁ)
employment (ଚାକିରି)	a job (ଗୋଟିଏ ଚାକିରି)
poetry (କବିତାସମୂହ)	a poem/ poems (ଗୋଟିଏ / ଅନେକ କବିତା)
furniture (ଉପକରଣ)	a piece of / five pieces of furniture
wood (କାଠ)	a piece of / three pieces of wood
chocolate	a bar /  two bars of chocolate
news (ଖବର)	a piece of news (ଗୋଟିଏ ଖବରକାଗଜ)
paper (କାଗଜ)	a sheet of paper (ଫର୍ଭେ କାଗଜ)
grass (ଘାସ)	a blade of grass (ଗୋଟିଏ ଘାସ)
bread (ରୁଟି ପାଉଁରୁଟି)	a slice/a loaf of bread (ପଟେ)
soap (ସାବୁନ)	a cake of soap (ଖଣ୍ଡେ ସାବୁନ)
information (ସୂଚନା)	a piece of information (ଗୋଟିଏ ସୂଚନା)
knowledge (ଜ୍ଞାନ)	a fact / facts ( ସତ୍ୟ ଘଟଣା)
machinery (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରପାତି)	a machine (ଗୋଟିଏ ଯନ୍ତ୍ର)
chalk (ଚକ୍)	a stick of chalk (ଗୋଟିଏ ଚକ)
cheese (ଛେନା)	a piece of cheese (ଖଣ୍ଡେ ଛେନା)
tea	a cup of tea (କପେ ଚା’)
water (ଜଳ)	a drop/glass/cup/pail/bucket (ବାଲି) of water/waters (ଜଳରାଶି)
salt (ଲୁଣ)	a pinch of salt ( ଚିମୁଟାଏ ଲୁଣ)/a kilo of salt
milk (କ୍ଷୀର)	a glass of milk (ଗିଲାସେ କ୍ଷୀର)
advice (ଉପଦେଶ)	a piece of advice (ଗୋଟିଏ ଉପଦେଶ)
thunder (ବଜ୍ରପାତ)	a peal of thunder (ବଜ୍ରପାତ)
lightning (ବିଜୁଳି)	a flash of lightning (ବିଜୁଳିର ଏକ ଝଲକ)

⇒ Correct the Errors (On Count and Uncount Nouns) (ଭୁଲ୍ ଥୁଲେ ଠିକ୍ କର ।)
(i) He gave me some advices.
Answer:
He gave me some advice or some pieces of advice.

(ii) Please give the beggar a bread.
Answer:
Please give the beggar a slice / a loaf of bread.

(iii) The furnitures are second-class (old).
Answer:
The furniture is second-class.

(iv) The waters of this lake looks terrible.
Answer:
The waters (ଜଳରାଶି ) of this lake look terrible. (ଭୟଙ୍କର)

(v) He has a lot of wealths.
Answer:
He has a lot of wealth.

(vi) Where do the traffic go?
Answer:
Where does the traffic go?

(vii) What is your politics?
Answer:
What are your politics? (ରାଜନୈତିକ)

(viii) The saving in the bank are increasing.
Answer:
The savings in the bank are increasing.

(ix) Father is reading paper.
Answer:
Father is reading a paper. (ଗୋଟିଏ ଖବରକାଗଜ)

(x) Economics have so many complexities.
Answer:
Economics has so many complexities. (ଜଟିଳ ବିଷୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ)

One word used as both Count Noun and Uncount Noun
Room:
Count Noun: This building has five rooms.
Uncount Noun: Do I have some room in your car? (sitting place)

Noise:
Count Noun: I can hear a noise. (ଏକପ୍ରକାର ପାଟିତୁଣ୍ଡ)
Uncount Noun: Too much noise affects our ears.

Time:
Count Noun: There was a time when people were happy.
Uncount Noun: Please tell me the time.

Trouble:
Count Noun: My sister is having a trouble. (problem)
Uncount Noun: I have trouble with my eyes. He had heart trouble. (diseases)

Fire:
Count Noun: Mother is making a fire in the stove.
Uncount Noun: Fire can destroy everything.

Fish:
Count Noun: He has a big fish in his hand.
Uncount Noun: This river has a lot of fish.

Work:
Count Noun : Have you read the works of Fakirmohan? (books) I have a piece of work to do.
Uncount Noun: Work is worship.
He did the work in time.

Singular And Plural Forms of Count Noun (Count Noun ର ଏକବଚନ ଓ ବହୁବଚନ ରୂପ)
Singular Count Noun refers to single person, thing, animals, etc.
Plural Count Noun refers to plural number of person, thing, animal, etc.

Singular Count Noun	Plural Count Noun
boy	boys
bamboo (ବାଉଁଶ)/cuckoo (କୁକୁଡ଼ା)	bamboos/cuckoos
studio/radio/piano	studios/radios/pianos
photo	photos
match (ମ୍ୟାଚ୍) (ch – ଚ)	matches
watch	watches
witch (ଡାହାଣୀ)	witches
bench	benches
monarch (ch – କ୍) (ଅଧୀଶ୍ବର)	monarchs
stomach (ପ୍ରାକସ୍ଥଳୀ)	stomachs
fly (ମାଛି) / lady (ମହିଳା)	flies/ladies
spy (ସିପାହୀ / ଗୁପ୍ତଚର)	spies
army (ସେନାବାହିନୀ)	armies
company	companies
day/monkey/donkey	days/monkeys/donkeys
valley (ଉପତ୍ୟକା)	valleys
mosquito (ମଶା)	mosquitoes
buffalo (ବାଘ)	buffaloes
potato (ଆଳୁ)	potatoes
hero/tomato	heroes/tomatoes
half/calf/loaf/wife	halves/calves/loaves/wives
shelf (ଥାକ) / leaf (ପତ୍ର)	shelves/leaves
roof/chief/proof/hoof/gulf (ଉପସାଗର)	roofs/chiefs/proofs/hoofs/gulfs
man/foot/tooth/goose	men/feet/teeth/geese
mouse / louse (ଉକୁଶା)	mice/lice
woman	women
child	children
ox	oxen (ବଳଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ)
radius (ବ୍ୟାସାର୍ଦ୍ଧ)	radii
oasis (ମରୂଦ୍ୟାନ)	oases
swine (ଘୁଷୁରୀ)	swine (also) swines
analysis (ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)	analyses
crisis (ସଙ୍କଟ)	crises
deer (ହରିଣ) / sheep	deer/sheep
comman der-in-chief (ସେନାଧ୍ଯକ୍ଷ)	commanders-in-chief
mother-in-law (ଶାଶୁ)	mothers-in-law
father-in-law (ଶ୍ୱଶୁର)	fathers-in-law
brother-in-law (ଶଳା ଭିଣୋଇ)	brothers-in-law
son-in-law (ଜ୍ବାଇଁ)	sons-in-law
co-husband (ସମୁଦି)	co-husbands
co-wife (ସମୁଦୁଣୀ)	co-wives
sister-in-law (ଭାଉଜ)	sisters-in-law
daughter-in-law (ବୋହୂ)	daughters-in-law
step-mother	step-mothers
maid-servant (ଚାକରାଣୀ)	maid-servants
man-servant (ଚାକର)	men-servants
woman-doctor (ମହିଳା ଡାକ୍ତର)	women-doctors
syllabus (ପାଠ୍ୟକ୍ରମ)	syllabi
curriculum (ପାଠ୍ୟକ୍ରମ)	curricula
memorandum (ସ୍ମରଣୀକା)	memoranda
corrigendum (ସଂଶୋଧନ ପତ୍ର)	corrigenda
millennium (ସହସ୍ରାବ୍ଦ)	millennia
formulae (ଧାରା)	formula
bacterium (କବକ)	bacteria
datum (ତଥ୍ୟ)	data

Read the following passage and underline the nouns. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କର ।)
My little friend drives his cows and goats into the field every morning. He leads his herd to that part of the field where grass grows well. While the cows and goats enjoy the grass, he sits under a tree and plays music on the flute. When he feels hungry, he eats the food he carries from home and drinks water from the stream. Sometimes he plays on the sand or makes beautiful toys of clay and mud.
Answers:
My little friend drives his cows and goats into the field every morning. He leads his herd (ଗୋରୁ) to that part of the field where grass grows well. While the cows and goats enjoy the grass, he sits under a tree and plays music on the flute (ବଂଶୀ). When he feels hungry, he eats the food he carries from home and drinks water from the stream (ଝରଣା/ନଦୀ). Sometimes he plays on the sand or makes beautiful toys of clay and mud.

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Now work in pairs. Identify the nouns from the above passage and write them in the appropriate boxes given below. (ଉପର ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦରୁ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନଟ କର ଓ ତଳ ବାକ୍‌ସ ଭିତରେ ଲେଖ ।)

Nouns before which we can use a / an, one, two, many, (a) few etc	Nouns which don’t usually go with a / an, one, two, many, (a) few
a / one tree two / many trees	grass

Answer:

Noun before which we can use a / an, one, two, many, (a few) etc	Nouns which don’t usually go with a / an, one, two, many, a few
a / one tree	grass
two / many trees	water
a few / many / hundred cows/goats	food
one / ten / a lot of flutes	music
two / a few streams	clav
a / a few / many fields	mud
a herd / five herds	sand

Activity – 2

Here is a list of things. Put them into two separate columns: Countables in column – A and Uncountables in column – B. (ବାକ୍‌ସଭିତରେ ପଦାର୍ଥଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଗଣନୀୟ ଓ ଅଗଣନୀୟତା ଆଧାର କରି Countable noun ତଳେ ଓ Uncountable noun ତଳେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।) (water, newspaper, bread, egg, tea, milk, cheese, pen, soap, book, coffee, paper, wheat flour, paste, sugar, magazine, jam, potato, scale, bottle, bag, jar, mug)

Column-A List of countables	Column – B List of uncountables
newspaper	water

Answer:

Column-A List of countables (ଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)	Column – B List of uncountables (ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ)
newspaper egg pen book magazine (ପତ୍ରିକା) potato scale ନିକିତି bottle, bag, jar, mug	water bread egg tea milk cheese (ଛେନା) soap (ସାବୁନ) wheat flour (ଗହମ ଅଟା) paste, sugar, jam, paper

⇒ Here the difference between Countables and Uncountables :
egg (ଅଣ୍ଡା) : Give me an egg. (Countable)
There is some egg on your chin (ଚିବୁକ). (Uncountable) (ସିଝା ଅଣ୍ଡାର ଅଂଶ)

Paper (ଖବରକାଗଜ) : Rajashree is reading a paper (Countable).
Paper is white. (Uncountable)

tea (ଚାହା) : Give me a little tea to drink. (Uncountable)
Have two teas, please. (Countable) (ଦୁଇ କପ୍ ଚାହା)

Activity – 3

B. The following is an entry in the diary of Rita. In some places she has wrongly written the plural forms of some nouns. Underline the mistakes and write their correct forms in the right hand margin. (ଏଠାରେ ରୀତାର ନିତିଦିନିଆ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟବିବରଣୀ ପୁସ୍ତିକାରେ ରୀତା କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦର ବହୁବଚନ ରୂପ ଭୁଲ ରୂପେ ଲେଖୁଦେଇଛି / ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ଠିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ଲେଖ ।)

6 April: Today was Sunday. I got up late in the morning. After brushing my tooths I had some cakes for breakfast. Then I did my lessons for an hour. I had to make a list of the political partys of our state and the names of the countrys of parties, countries Asia. After completing homework I went to the kitchen to help my mother. I cut the vegetable leafs, potatos and tomatos and kept them neatly on the plates. In the afternoon I fed the goats, cowes and sheeps. In the evening I washed my hands and foots and sat down to read. Then my younger sisters came with their toyes to play with me. We played for some time. At bedtime, I told them some nice storys and slept.
Answers:
teeth
parties, countries
leaves, potatoes, tomatoes
cows, sheep
feet
toys
stories

Activity – 4

Look at the names of the things which we use. Mark them and the verbs they take. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଥିବା ଜିନିଷଗୁଡ଼ିକର ନାମକୁ ଦେଖ ଓ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନିତ କର ।)

Remember:
The following nouns are called pair nouns since they always come in pairs. (ତଳଲିଖ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ pair (ଯୋଡ଼ା) nouns କୁହାଯାଏ କାରଣ ଦୁଇଟିକୁ ନେଇ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ତିଆରି।)
Trousers : My trousers are new.
Scissors : These scissors need sharpening.
Binoculars : These binoculars have powerful lenses.
Goggles : A pair of goggles (ଗୋଟିଏ ଚଷମା) is useful in summer.
Here ‘are’, ‘need’, ‘have’ are all plural verbs (ବହୁବଚନ କ୍ରିୟା).
But a pair of + nouns takes singular verb.
(A pair of + noun ସହିତ ଏକବଚନୀୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Singular verbs – is, was, does, has, main verb(s)
Plural verbs – are, were, do, have, main verb

Now tick (✔) the right alternatives and strike out the wrong ones. (ଏବେ ଠିକ୍ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତର ଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ✔ ଚିହ୍ନ ମାରି ଭୁଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଛକି ପକାଅ ।)
(a) The above things have two equal/unequal parts.
Answer:
equal(✔) / unequal

(b) They are joined/not joined at one point.
Answer:
joined(✔) / not joined

(c) Together they make one/more than one object.
Answer:
one(✔) / more

(d) We do/do not use plural markers like these and those with them.
Answer:
do(✔) / do not

Activity – 5

Read the following sentences and rewrite them choosing the appropriate ones given in boxes. (ଠିକ୍ noun ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛ ।)
(i) Look at my new jean/jeans.
Answer:
jeans

(ii) Please give my regards/regard to your parents.
Answer:
regards (ନମସ୍କାର)

(iii) Please cut this with a scissor/scissors.
Answer:
scissors (କଇଁଚି)

(iv) Where is my left shoe/shoes?
Answer:
shoe (ଜୋତା)

(v) I have kept my savings/saving in a bank.
Answer:
savings (ଜମା ଅର୍ଥ)

(vi) Where did you keep my clothes/cloth?
Answer:
clothes (କପଡ଼ା)

(vii) Please take out the content/contents of the box.
Answer:
contents

(viii) The surrounding/surroundings of the school look great.
Answer:
surroundings

Activity – 6

Fill in the blanks with a suitable word/phrase choosing from the brackets. (ସଠିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ବାକ୍ୟଶ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(a lot of, no, that, a little, much, enough, some, his, any)
(i) I was guided by ________ advice.
Answer:
his

(ii) I have ________ knowledge of computer.
Answer:
a lot of / a little / some / no

(iii) You need ________ money to buy this.
Answer:
some / a lot of

(iv) Do you have ________ work to do?
Answer:
any /much / enough

(v) Where did you get ________ news?
Answer:
that (ତାହା)

(vi) I got ________ help from him.
Answer:
no / a little / some / a lot of (help = uncount.)

(vii) This room is crowded with ________ luggage.
Answer:
a lot of (luggage = uncount.)

(viii) They have ________ food for the family.
Answer:
a lot of / sufficient / a little (food = uncount.)

(ix) They haven’t left ________ work for me.
Answer:
any

Here several alternative answers can be used. (ଏହି ଅନୁଶୀଳନୀରେ ଅନେକ ବିକଳ୍ପ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଆଯାଇପାରିଟ)

Quantifier ((ପରିମାଣ / ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ)	Uncountable/ Countable	not or ?
a lot of / lots of (ବହୁତ)	Uncountables	n’t ×
	and Plural Countables	ବା ×
much	Uncountables	n’t ବା ?
many	Countables (plural)	n’t ବା ?
some (କିଛି / କେତେକ)	Uncountables /	n’t ×
	Countables (Plural)	ବା ? ×
any (କିଛି / କେତେକ)	Uncountable / Countable	n’t ବା ? ×
(ଏଠାରେ n’t ର ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ନ ହୋଇ)

Activity – 7

Below you find a list of uncountable nouns. Arrange them under their appropriate heads. One has been written under each head for you. (ତଳେ ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟପଦମାନଙ୍କର ଏକ ତାଲିକା ପ୍ରଦାନ କରାଯାଇଛି / ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଠିକ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭ ତଳେ ରଖୁ ସଜାଅ ।)
(courage, wood, coal, anger, gold, rice, happiness, bravery, joy, cotton, steel, cloth, water, sleep, respect, tea, soap, pride, travel, cruelty, honesty, iron, beauty, kindness)

Materials	Human feelings	Human activities	Human qualities
wood	happiness	sleep	pride

Answer:

Materials	Human feelings	Human activities	Human qualities
(ବସ୍ତୁ ପଦାର୍ଥ) wood (କାଠ) coal (କୋଇଲା) gold, rice, cotton, steel, cloth, water, tea, soap, iron	(ମାନବୀୟ ଅନୁଭୂତି) happiness joy beauty	(ମାନବୀୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) sleep (ଶୟନ) respect (ସମ୍ମାନ) travel (ଯାତ୍ରା)	(ମାନବୀୟ ଗୁଣାବଳୀ) pride (ଗର୍ବ) anger (ରାଗ) cruelty (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦୟତା) honesty (ସାଧୁତା) kindness (ଦୟା)

Activity – 8

Read the dialogue between two friends in a restaurant and see how they are using some uncountable nouns as countables at times. (ଏକ ଭୋଜନାଳୟରେ ଦୁଇ ବନ୍ଧୁଙ୍କ ଭିତରେ ହେଉଥିବା କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ପଢ଼ି । ଗଣନୀୟ ଓ ଅଗଣନୀୟ କିପରି ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)
Rosy : Would you like to have tea or coffee?
Julie : Coffee, rather.
Rosy : (to the hotel boy) Bring a tea and one coffee.
(Both the friends sip tea and coffee respectively.)
Rosy : Julie, will you like to have a chocolate now?
Julie : I have never liked chocolate.
Rosy : How about ice-cream?
Julie: No, thanks. You can buy an ice-cream for yourself. I don’t like ice-cream after coffee.
Rosy : Fine, let’s leave then.
Answers:
କଥୋପକଥନରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Uncountables ଓ Countables ହେଲା :
Uncountables :
tea
coffee
ice-cream
chocolate

Countables :
a tea (a cup of tea)
one coffee
an ice-cream
a chocolate

Discuss in pairs and try to get the answers and write them below.
(ଦୁଇ ଦୁଇ ଜଣ କରି ଆଲୋଚନା କର ଓ ତଳେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।)
a tea = a cup of tea
one coffee = a cup of coffee
a chocolate = a bar of chocolate
an ice-cream = a piece of ice-cream

Activity – 9

Sometimes some uncountable things are sold or packed in certain units or measurements. We can use these uncountables as countables by putting names of these units or measurements before them. Match the following uncountables with the quantifying phrases they go with and write them in the column marked Countables. Some quantifying units may go with more than one uncountable noun. One has been done for you.
ବେଳେବେଳେ କେତେକ ଅଗଣନୀୟ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ କେତେକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଏକକ ବା ମାପରେ ବିକ୍ରି କରାଯାଏ ବା ପକେଟରେ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରି ଦିଆଯାଏ । ଏଭଳି Uncountables ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏକକ ବା ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଏକକ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Countables ରେ ପରିଣତ କରିପାରିବା । କେତେକ ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଏକକ ଏକାଧୁକ Uncountable noun ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ । ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣ ଭଳି ଅନ୍ୟ Uncountables ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଠିକ୍ Countablesରେ ପରିଣତ କର ।)

Quantifying units	Uncountables
a glass of	soap
a piece of	milk
a sheet of	ice
a bar of	wheat
a block of	water
a tin of	jam
a grain of	advice
a bottle of	paper

Answers:
a bar of soap (ଖଣ୍ଡିଏ ସାବୁନ)
a glass of milk
a block of ice
a grain of wheat
a bottle of water
a tin of jam
a piece of advice
a sheet of paper

Activity – 10

Read the dialogue between a mother and her daughter given below. You will find some errors in their use of countable and uncountable nouns. Identify the wrong ones and write their correct forms. (ନିମ୍ନରେ ଜଣେ ମା’ ଓ ତାଙ୍କର ଝିଅଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା କଥୋପକଥନକୁ ପଢ଼ / Countables ଓ Uncountables ବ୍ୟବହାରରେ କେତେକ ଭୁଲ ରହିଛି । ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଠିକ୍ କରି ଲେଖ ।)
Mother : Rita, today is Sunday. You have to do a work for me.
Rita : What is it, mother?
Mother : You have to clean the furnitures.
Rita : But mother, I’ve to go to the gymnastic class in the morning. Besides I have many homeworks to do. Mathematics are very difficult for me, you know. I need times to complete that.
Mother : OK, first finish all the works you have. You can do the cleanings in the afternoon.
Rita : Thank you mother. (In the afternoon)
Rita : I have a good news for you, mother. I have finished my homeworks before time. Can I clean the rooms now?
Mother : O, yes. Take a cloth and some waters. Put some soaps or some detergent powders in it and gently clean the furnitures and kitchen equipments.
Rita : Shall I also clean the things made of glasses?
Mother : No, clean things made of woods only.
Rita : OK, mother.
Answer:
Mother : Rita, today is Sunday. You have to do a work for me.
Rita : What is it, mother?
Mother : You have to clean the furniture (ଉପକରଣ).
Rita : But mother, I’ve to go to the gymnastics class in the morning. Besides (ଏହାଛଡ଼ା) I have a lot of homework to do. Mathematics is very difficult for me, you know. I need time to complete that.
Mother : OK (ଠିକ୍ଅଛି), first finish all the work you have. You can do the cleaning (ସଫାସୁତୁରା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ) in the afternoon.
Rita : Thank you mother. (In the afternoon)
Rita : I have a piece of good news for you, mother. I have finished my homework-before time. Can I clean the rooms now?
Mother : O, yes. Take a piece of cloth and some water. Put some soap or some detergent powder in it and gently clean the furniture and kitchen equipment (ପକରଣ / ସରଞ୍ଜାମ).
Rita : ShallI also clean the things made of glass?
Mother : No, clean things made of wood only.
Rita : OK, mother.

Countables And Uncountables Additional Questions With Answers

Choose the correct verb given in brackets.

1. Mathematics ________ (is/are) my favourite subject.
Answer:
is

2. A pair of shoes ________ (is/are) lying there.
Answer:
is

3. The police ________ (has/have) arrested the thief.
Answer:
have

4. Bad news ________(travel / travels) very fast.
Answer:
travels

5. The cattle ________ (is/are) grazing in the field.
Answer:
are

6. My teeth ________ (is/are) sensitive to cold water.
Answer:
are

7. All the furniture ________ (need/needs) repairing
Answer:
needs

8. The rich ________ (do/does) not like the poor.
Answer:
do

9. The English ________ (is/are) hard-working people.
Answer:
are

10. The public ________(is / are) ignorant of many laws.
Answer:
are

11. My trousers ________ (is/ are) new.
Answer:
are

12. These scissors ________ (need/needs) sharpening.
Answer:
need

13. Measles ________ (is /are) a disease.
Answer:
is

14. The India’s second innings ________ (was/were) disappointing.
Answer:
was

15. Politics ________ (has/have) ruined many a life.
Answer:
has

Write the plural form of the following nouns.

1. gas
Answer:
gases

2. watch
Answer:
watches

3. flute
Answer:
flutes

4. country
Answer:
countries

5. calf
Answer:
calves

6. life
Answer:
lives

7. mango
Answer:
mangoes

8. photo
Answer:
photos

9. tooth
Answer:
teeth

10. deer
Answer:
deer

11. ox
Answer:
oxen

12. mouse
Answer:
mice

13. sheep
Answer:
sheep

14. goose
Answer:
geese

15. leaf
Answer:
leaves

16. lady
Answer:
ladies

17. fox
Answer:
foxes

18. thief
Answer:
thieves

19. dish
Answer:
dishes

20. knife
Answer:
knives

Choose the appropriate parts or quantities of something.

1. A ________ of salt.
Answer:
pinch

2. A ________ of chocolates
Answer:
bar

3. A ________ of coffee.
Answer:
cup

4. A ________ of paper.
Answer:
sheet

5. A ________ of milk.
Answer:
glass,

6. A ________ of soap.
Answer:
bar

7. A ________ of advice.
Answer:
piece

8. A ________ of jam.
Answer:
tin

9. A ________ of wheat.
Answer:
grain

10. A ________ of grass.
Answer:
blade

11. A ________ of light.
Answer:
ray

12. A ________ of cloud.
Answer:
patch

13. A ________ of water.
Answer:
bottle

14. A ________ of an ice-cream.
Answer:
piece

15. A ________ of ice.
Answer:
block

16. A ________ of cement.
Answer:
bag

17. A ________ of toothpaste.
Answer:
tube

18. A ________ of keys.
Answer:
bunch

19. A ________ of bread.
Answer:
loaf

20. A ________ of tea.
Answer:
cup

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 10 Adverbs and Adverbials Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 10 Adverbs and Adverbials

Look at the answers to the following questions carefully.
(ତଳଲିଖତ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ଦେଖ ।)
1. (a) How did she sing? (ସେ କିପରି ଗାଇଲା?)
(b) She sang beautifully. (ସେ ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ଗାଇଲା ।)
2. (a) When did you see him? (ତୁମେ ତାକୁ କେତେବେଳେ ଦେଖିଲ ?)
(b) I saw him yesterday. (ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଗତକାଲି ଦେଖୁଲି ।)
3. (a) Where were the children playing? (ପିଲାମାନେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ ?)
(b) They were playing in the park. (ସେମାନେ ଉଦ୍ୟାନରେ ଖେଳୁଥିଲେ ।)
4. (a) How often does he come here ? (ସେ କେତେଥର ଏଠାକୁ ଆସନ୍ତି ?)
(b) He comes here everyday. (ସେ ଏଠାକୁ ପ୍ରତିଦିନ ଆସନ୍ତି ।)

ପ୍ରଥମ ବାକ୍ୟରେ beautifully, ଦ୍ବିତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ yesterday, ତୃତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ in the park ଓ ଚତୁର୍ଥ ବାକ୍ୟରେ every day ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ Adverb । କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ Verbs ବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅର୍ଥକୁ add ବା ଯୋଗକରୁଛନ୍ତି ବା ବିଶେଷିତ କରୁଛନ୍ତି ।

What is an Adverb ? (ଏକ କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ କ’ଣ ?)
Adverb is a word that qualifies a verb or an adjective or an adverb. (ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଗୋଟିଏ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବା କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରୁଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦକୁ Adverb କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Examples:
(i) Harish is walking slowly.
slowly (ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ) = adverb
How is walking? (କେମିତି ଚାଲୁଛି ?)
(modifies the verb ‘ is walking’.)

(ii) Harish is too slow to work.
too (ବହୁତ) = adverb (How slow?) (କେତେ ଧୀର)
(modifies the adjective ‘slow’.)

(iii) Harish is walking very slowly.
slowly – adverb very – adverb
How slowly? (କେତେ ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ?)
Ans. very (ବହୁତ)
(modifies the adverb ‘ slowly’.)

Adjective (Pronoun/Noun qualifier ( ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ/ ସର୍ବନାମର ବିଶେଷକ)	Adverb (“Verb’ qualifier) (କ୍ରିୟାପଦର ବିଶେଷକ)
(i) Ranjan is a careful driver. (driver = noun) (ରଞ୍ଜନ ଜଣେ ଯତ୍ନବାନ ଚାଳକ ।) (ii) Minu was polite. (Minu = noun) (ମିନୁ ନମ୍ର ଥିଲା ।)	(i) Ranjan drives carefully. (drives = verb) (ରଞ୍ଜନ ଯତ୍ନର ସହିତ ଗାଡ଼ି ଚଳାଏ ।) (ii) Minu behaved politely. (behaved = verb) (ମିନୁ ନମ୍ରତାର ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଦେଖାଇଲା।)
Adjective	Adverbials
(i) Pintu is a friendly fellow. (ii) Our English teacher is clever.	(i) Pintu behaves in a friendly manner. (ii) Our English teacher talks in a clever manner/way.

Adverb ଗୋଟିଏ ମାତ୍ର ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଥିବାବେଳେ Adverbial ଦୁଇ ବା ତିନିରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ।

Examples :

Adverb	Adverbial
nicely ( ସୁନ୍ଦର)	in a nice manner / way (ସୁନ୍ଦର ଭାବରେ)
politely (ନମ୍ର)	in a polite manner / way (ନମ୍ର ଭାବରେ)

Formation of Adverb (କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣର ଗଠନ)
(1) Adding’ ward’ to show direction
[ଗତିପଥ ସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘ward’ (ଆଡ଼କୁ) ଯୋଗ କରି] :
(i) The soldiers marched forward.
(ii) Children go homeward after school.

Others are onward (ଆଗକୁ ଆଗକୁ), upward (ଉପରକୁ), downward (ତଳକୁ), eastward ( ଆଡ଼କୁ) southward (ଦକ୍ଷିଣ ଆଡ଼କୁ), forward (ଆଗକୁ), seaward (ସମୁଦ୍ର ଆଡ଼କୁ), etc.

(2) Adding-‘wise’ (ଅନୁସାରେ) to show manner [ଅବସ୍ଥା ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘wise’ ଯୋଗ କରି] :
clockwise (ବାମରୁ ଡାହାଣକୁ), breadthwise (ଚଉଡ଼ା ଅନୁସାରେ), classwise (ଶ୍ରେଣୀ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ),subjectwise (ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁ ଅନୁସାରେ), lengthwise (ଲମ୍ବ ଅନୁସାରେ) ।

(3) Prefixing ‘a’ to some nouns or adjectives [କେତେକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ଆରମ୍ଭରେ । ମୂଳରେ a ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି / ଯୋଡ଼ି]
afresh (ନୂଆକରି), anew (ନୂଆକରି), aside (ଗୋଟିଏ ପାଖକୁ), aloud (ବଡ଼ପାଟିରେ), afar (ଦୂରରୁ), along (ରାସ୍ତାର ଗୋଟିଏ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵଦେଇ), ahead (ଆଗରେ), across (ଅନ୍ୟପାଖରେ) । (ଗୋଟିଏ ପଟରୁ ଅନ୍ୟପଟକୁ), abroad (ବିଦେଶ), around (ଚାରିଆଡ଼େ), etc.

(4) Adding+ly’ to the adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦରେ ‘ ly? ଯୋଗ କରି) :

Adjective	Suffix- ‘ly ’ (Adverb)	Odia Meanings
gentle (ଭଦ୍ରା ଧୀର)	gently	ଭଦ୍ରାମି ସହିତ / ଧୀର ଭାବରେ
easy ( ସହଜ)	easily	ସହଜରେ
true ( ସତ୍ୟ ସଚ୍ଚାଟ)	truly	ସଚ୍ଚାଟଦର ସହିତ
full (ପୂର୍ଣୃ)	fully	ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବରେ
bright (ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳ)	brightly	ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳଦର ସହିତ
poor (କଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ)	poorly	କଦର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାବରେ
comfortable ( ଆରାମଦାୟକ)	comfortably	ଆରାମଦାୟକ ଭାବରେ

(5) Original Adverbs (ମୌଳିକ କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ) :
fast (ଦ୍ରୁତ ଗତିରେ), late (ଡେରିରେ), hard (ଜୋର୍‌ରେ), well (ଭଲ ଭାବରେ), better (ଆହୁରି ଭଲ ଭାବରେ ପୂର୍ବାପେକ୍ଷା )
Examples:
P.T. Usha runs fast. (ଦ୍ରୁତଗତିରେ)
It is raining hard. (ମୂଷଳଧାରାରେ)
The teacher has beaten my brother hard. (ନିଷ୍ଠୁର ଭାବରେ)
Are you working hard for your exams ? (କଠିନ ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି)
India played well in the 2nd test. (ଭଲ ଭାବରେ)
He often comes to school late. (ଡେରି କରି)

Types of Adverbs (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣର ପ୍ରକାରଭେଦ)
(1) Adverb of Manner (ଅବସ୍ଥ।)
(2) (Verb ରେ ବା କିପରି ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)

Examples:
They walked slowly. (How did walk?)
He answered my question brilliantly. (How did answer?)
The dog is running fast. (How is running?)

Adverb of Time (ସମୟ):
(Verb ରେ at what time (କେଉଁ ସମୟରେ) / when (କେବେ) ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
Examples:
(i) We go to school at 10 a.m.
(ii) The train will arrive soon.
(iii) Father has just gone out.
(iv) He has already posted the letter.

(3) Adverb of Place (ସ୍ନାନ) :
(Verb ରେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ବା where ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
Examples:
(i) Mr Mishra lives upstairs (ଉପର ମହଲାରେ).
(ii) Have you seen him anywhere?
(iii) He is nowhere to be found.
(iv) So many children are in the park.
(v) English is spoken all over the world.

(4) Adverb of Frequency (ବାରମ୍ବାରତା) :
(Verb ରେ how often ବା କେତେଥର ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
Examples:
(i) Have you ever been to Agra ?
(ii) We always speak English in school.
(iii) Mother usually cooks our meals at 11 a.m.
(iv) Uncle often comes to our house.

(5) Adverb of Degree (ପରିମାଣ) :
(Adjective ରେ how much ବା କେତେ ପରିମାଣରେ ଲଗାଇ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କଲେ)
Examples:
(i) It is very cold today.
(ii) India won the match quite easily.
(iii) Manali is singing fairly well.

(6) Sentential Adverb:
Some adverbs used in the first / beginning of sentences giving the idea about the entire sentences, are called Sentential Adverbs. (ବାକ୍ୟର ମୂଳରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କେତେକ କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ଯାହା ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବାକ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ଧାରଣା ଦେଇଥାଏ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Sentential Adverbs କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

ଏଭଳି adverbs ହେଲା fortunately (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟବଶତଃ) / luckily, unfortunately/unluckily ( ଦୁର୍ଭାଗ୍ୟବଶତଃ), in fact (ପ୍ରକୃତରେ), perhaps (ବୋଧହୁଏ), of course(ଅବଶ୍ୟ), possibly (ସମ୍ଭବତଃ),
Examples:
(i) Fortunately the child survived the accident.
(ii) Of course the questions on English were stiff.
(iii) Perhaps the train will reach late today.
(iv) In fact India is a great country.

Confusing Adverbs (ଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ):

(1) hard: He works hard for the exam. (ପରିଶ୍ରମ କରି)
hardly (କ୍ୱଚିତ୍ ବା କେବେ କେମିତି) : Uncle hardly comes to our house.
(2) near (close by) (ପାଖରେ): I found the school quite near.
nearly (almost) (ପ୍ରାୟ) : He nearly lost the match.
(3) Free (without paying) (ବିନା ମୂଲ୍ୟରେ/ ମାଗଣାରେ) : Father got this mobile free.
Freely (ମୁକ୍ତରେ/ ଅବାଧରେ/ବିନା ଭୟରେ) : Animals move freely in the forest.
(4) late (after the stipulated time) (ଡେରିରେ): The train arrived late today.
lately (in the recent past) (ନିକଟ ଅତୀତରେ): The price of vegetables has gone up lately.
(5) deep (ଭିତରକୁ): He went deep into the water.
deeply (ଗଭୀର ଭାବରେ): I love you deeply.
(6) short (କମ୍/ହ୍ରାସ) : Money ran short.
shortly (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ) : Our examinations begin shortly.
(7) direct (ସିଧାସଳଖ/ ବାଟରେ ନ ରହି) : He went direct to school.
directly (ମୁଣ୍ଡ ଉପରେ): The sun is directly overhead at noon.

Use of ‘Good’ and ‘Well’ :
1. Madhuri is a good dancer.
[ଏଠାରେ good = adjective (dancer = noun)]
Madhuri dances well.
[ଏଠାରେ well = adverb (dances = verb)]
2. Are you well today?
[ଏଠାରେ well = adjective (in good health)]

Adverbials (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ) :
ଉଭୟ Adverb ଓ Adverbial ର ଅର୍ଥ ଏକ । ଏକାଧିକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ Adverbial ଗଠିତ । ଯେପରି –
1. Adverb Phrase:
Examples:
The cricketers played wonderfully well.
The boy is studying very well.

2. Prepositional Phrase (ବିଭକ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅବ୍ୟୟ ଯଥା in, at, with ଇତ୍ୟାଦିରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥବା):
Examples:
Father isn’t at home.
Father returned from his office.
I cut the apple with a knife.

3. Noun Phrase :
Examples:
Mihir lives next door.
I got your letter this morning.

Position of Adverbs:
1. Front Position (ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ କର୍ତ୍ତା ବା Subject ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
Examples:
Perhaps the man is blind.
Sometimes he comes to my house.

2. Mid-position (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟା ପୂର୍ବରୁ)
Examples:
We never tell lies. (before the main verb ‘tell’)
We have never told lies. (after the helping verb ‘have’ before the main verb ‘told’) My watch is always breaking down. (helping verb ‘is’ ପରେ । main verb ‘breaking’ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)

3. End-position (ବାକ୍ୟର ଶେଷରେ)
Examples:
He visits this place occasionally.
Uncle is coming to our house tomorrow.
The girl painted the picture carefully.

Degree of Adverbs:
Like adjectives, adverbs have three Degrees.

Positive Degree	Comparative Degree	Superlative Degree
fast	faster	fastest
hard	harder	hardest
early	earlier	earliest
near	nearer	nearest
well	better	best
badly	more badly	most badly
little	less	least
much	more	most
far	farther/further	farthest/furthest

Use of Some Important Adverbs
1. Yet (ଏ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ) [ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ଓ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ] :
Has the postman come yet? (Interrogative)
No, he hasn’t come yet. (Negative)

(2) Still (ଏପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ)
[ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଓ ଅସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ (ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟରେ ଅବଧୂ ପରେ)] :
Are you still working? (Question)
Bishu is still sleeping. (Positive)

(3) Already (before now) [ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ସମୟର ଅବଧୂ ପରେ already] :
Question (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ) Has mother already made lunch?
Affirmative (ଅସ୍ତିସୂଚକ): Nilima has already posted the letter.

(4) No longer/ no more [not any longer / not anymore (ଆଉ ନୁହେଁ)] :
(i) Father doesn’t go to the office anymore.
Or, Father no more goes to the office. (ବାପା ଆଉ ଅଫିସ୍ ଯାଉ ନାହାନ୍ତି ।)
(ii) I don’t live in Cuttack any longer.
Or, I no longer live in Cuttack.

(5) Ago (ପୂର୍ବେ/ପୂର୍ବରୁ) [Past simple tense ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।]
I met (Past simple) her ten days ago. (ମୁଁ ତାକୁ ଦଶଦିନ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଭେଟିଥୁଲି ।)
The accident occurred a week ago. (Past simple) (ଦୁର୍ଘଟଣାଟି ଏକ ସପ୍ତାହ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଘଟିଥୁଲା ।)

(6) Never (କେବେ ନୁହେଁ), Ever (କେବେ)
I have never seen Gandhi.
Have you ever seen Gandhi? (ତୁମେ କେବେ ଗାନ୍ଧିଜୀଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖୁଛ ?)

(7) Seldom / hardly / scarcely (କ୍ଵଚିତ୍‌ / କେବେ କେମିତି) :
Mr. Das hardly / seldom / scarcely sleeps by day.
Or, Hardly / seldom does Mr Das sleep by day. (ବାପା କ୍ଵଚିତ୍ ଦିନରେ ଶୁଅନ୍ତି ।)

(8) Quite / too / so (ଏତେ / ପୂରାପୂରି) :
The girl was so happy. (ଝିଅଟି ଏତେ । ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ଖୁସି ଥିଲା । )
The man is quite/so/too tired. (ଲୋକଟି ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ କ୍ଳାନ୍ତ ।) too …….. to (ନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
The tea is too strong for me to drink. (ଚା’ଟି ଏତେ ଗରମ ଯେ ମୁଁ ପିଇପାରୁ ନାହିଁ ।)

(9) Enough (ଯଥେଷ୍ମ) :
I am strong (adjective) enough to lift the box.
(ବାକ୍‌ସଟିକୁ ଉଠାଇବାରେ ମୁଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ।)

Word Order of Adverbs :
1. Manner + Place + Time (MPT)
Examples:
(i) The teacher taught the poem beautifully in class yesterday. [ଏଠାରେ beautifully Manner, in the class = place, yesterday = time.]
It is raining hard (manner) there (place) now (time).

(ii) Place + Manner + Time (PMT)
[With words of movement | ବା ଗତିସୂଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ (go, went, come, return, fly, reach, travel
Father went to America by plane last month.
[ଏଠାରେ to America = place, by plane = manner, last month = time.]
Let’s move into the new house (place) by car (manner) this afternoon (time).

(iii)

Mother cooked food nicely and carefully.
nicely = six letters carefully = nine letters

(iv)

Gandhi was born on the 2nd (day) of October (month) in 1869 (year).
India became an Independent country on the 15th (date) August(month), 1947(year).

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Underline and name the adverbs in the following sentences. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ କ୍ରିୟା ବଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ କରି ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ନାମ ଲେଖ।)

1. We looked carefully at the man.
Answer:
carefully (ସତର୍କତାରସହିତ) = adverb of manner

2. Suddenly we heard a noise.
Answer:
Suddenly (ହଠାତ୍) = sentential adverb

3. She spoke in a friendly way.
Answer:
in a friendly way (ବନ୍ଧୁତ୍ବପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଭାବରେ) = adverb of manner

4. They worked really hard.
Answer:
hard (କଠିନ) = adverb of manner, really (ପ୍ରକୃତରେ) = adverb of degree

5. We played till evening.
Answer:
till evening = adverb of time

6. They are quite tired.
Answer:
quite an adverb of degree

7. I have never seen him earlier.
Answer:
never = adverb of frequency, earlier = adverb of time

8. Luckily we won the match.
Answer:
Luckily (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟରୁ) = sentential adverb

9. Sometimes they are irregular.
Answer:
sometimes = adverb of frequency

10. We reached home early yesterday.
Answer:
home = adverb of place, early = adverb of time, yesterday = adverb of time

Activity – 2

Change the word in brackets into an adverb and use it in the blank spaces. (ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଶବ୍ଦଗଡ଼ିକୁ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣରେ ପରିଣତ କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

1. We did the sum _________ (quick)
Answer:
Quickly (ଶୀଘ୍ର)

2. Meera danced ____________ well. (fair)
Answer:
Fairly (ପ୍ରାୟତଃ)

3. We waited there ___________ (patient)
Answer:
Patiently (ଧୈର୍ଯ୍ୟର ସହିତ)

4. _________ we escaped unhurt (I am). (ଆଘାତ ନପାଇ ବଞ୍ଚିଗଲୁ). (lucky)
Answer:
Luckily (ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟରୁ)

5. She is ___________ a dancer. (probable)
Answer:
Probably (ସମ୍ଭବତଃ)

6. It is ____________ cold here. (terrible)
Answer:
Terribly (ଭୟଙ୍କର ଭାବରେ)

7. He ___________ looks better today. (Certain)
Answer:
Certainly (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ)

8. The baby slept __________ (quiet)
Answer:
Quietly (ଶାନ୍ତିରେ)

9. I am ___________ satisfied with you. (full)
Answer:
Fully (ପୂରାପୂରି)

10. Walk on the road ____________ (careful)
Answer:
carefully (ଯତ୍ନର ସହିତ)

Activity – 3

Fill in the blanks choosing from the pair in brackets. (ବନ୍ଧନୀ ଭିତରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଶବ୍ଦଯୁଗଳ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଠିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

1. This work is very __________ We finished it (easy / easily)
Answer:
easy (ସହଜ) – adjective, easily (ସହଜରେ)

2. Mama drew a ___________ picture. (beautiful/beautifully)
Answer:
beautiful – adjective

3. The children were ____________ They played ___________ (happy / happily)
Answer:
happy (ଖୁସି) – adjective, happily (ଖୁସିରେ) – adverb

4. I met him ___________ My meeting with the man was quite __________ (unexpected/unexpectedly)
Answer:
unexpectedly (ହଠାତ୍ / ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ଭାବରେ ) – adverb, unexpected (ହଠାତ୍ / ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ) – adjective

5. The old woman was weeping ___________ She looked very ___________ (sad / sadly)
Answer:
sadly (ଦୁଃଖରେ) – adverb, sad (ଦୁଃଖ) – adjective

6. I am working very. ___________ (hard / hardly)
Answer:
hard (କଠିନ) – adverb

Activity – 4

Fill in the blanks choosing from the pairs of adverbs in the box below. (ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ଶବ୍ଦ ଯୁଗଳ ଭିତରୁ ଠିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
late/lately, hard/hardly, short/shortly, high/highly, free/freely

1. We reached school very ________.
Answer:
late (ବିଳମ୍ବରେ) – (adverb)

2. They worked _______ to finish the work in time.
Answer:
hard (ପରିଶ୍ରମକରି)

3. The meeting will be held ________.
Answer:
shortly (ନିକଟ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ)

4. Birds can fly very ________.
Answer:
High (ଉଚ୍ଚରେ)

5. The poor man got the food ________.
Answer:
free (ମାଗଣାରେ)

Activity – 5

Say whether the italicized words are adverbs or adjectives. (ଇଟାଲିକ୍ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ବା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ ଲେଖ ।)

1. His house is very near.
Answer:
near-adjective, very-adverb, near-adverb

2. Our examination is drawing near.
Answer:
near – adverb (ପାଖେଇଆସୁଛି)

3. We were driving along a very wide road.
Answer:
wide – adjective

4. Open your mouth wide.
Answer:
wide – adverb (ମେଲାକରି)

5. He looks better today.
Answer:
better – adjective

6. Pranati can sing better.
Answer:
better – adverb

Activity – 6

Use the adverbs given in brackets in their right places. (କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଠିକ୍ ସ୍ଥାନରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)

1. He would help me. (Certainly)
Answer:
He would certainly help me. (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ)

2. Have you been to Rourkela? (ever)
Answer:
Have you ever been (କେବେ ଯାଇଛ) to Rourkela?

3. Tipu is late for school. (usually)
Answer:
Usually, Tipu is late for school.
Or, Tipu is usually (ସାଧାରଣତଃ) late for school.

4. She can paint well. (extremely)
Answer:
She can paint extremely well. (ଅତି ଭଲ ଭାବରେ)

5. My tooth is aching. (really)
Answer:
My tooth is aching (ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ଦେଇଛି) really.

6. These people are quarreling. (always)
Answer:
These people are always quarreling.

7. We had a lovely holiday. (last week)
Answer:
We had a lovely holiday last week.

8. I have finished the work. (just)
Answer:
I have just finished the work.

9. We crossed the river. (safely)
Answer:
We crossed the river safely. (ନିରାପଦରେ)

10. He died young. (unfortunately)
Answer:
Unfortunately (ଦୁର୍ଭାଗ୍ୟବଶତଃ) he died young.

Activity – 7

Put the adverbs given in the brackets in their right-order. (କ୍ରମ ଅନୁସାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କର ।)

1. Gobinda has been waiting (for an hour, patiently).
Answer:
Gobinda has been waiting patiently for an hour.

2. I went (quickly, there).
Answer:
I went there quickly.

3. She ran (into the room, quickly).
Answer:
She ran into the room quickly.

4. Ramesh spoke (in the meeting, this morning, nervously).
Answer:
Ramesh spoke nervously in the meeting this morning.

5. Father called me (angrily, into his room).
Answer:
Father called me angrily into his room.

6. It rained (in the evening, heavily, at 6 o’clock )
Answer:
It rained heavily at 6 o’clock in the evening.

7. Leela rested (in her bed, peacefully, until evening).
Answer:
Leela rested peacefully in her bed until evening.

8. I saw her (in a shop, accidentally, in Cuttack)
Answer:
I saw her accidentally (ଅପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଶିତ ଭାବେ) in a shop in Cuttack.
[in a shop-specific place adverb, in Cuttack – general place adverb]

9. The car turned (towards the school, left)
Answer:
The car turned left towards the school.

10. Why was the child crying (in the garden, so loudly, a while ago)?
Answer:
Why was the child crying so loudly in the garden a while ago (କିଛିକ୍ଷଣ ପୂର୍ବରୁ)

Activity – 8

Put the adverbs in their right places and fill in the blanks :
(ଠିକ୍ ଜାଗାରେ କ୍ରିୟା ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

1. _______ I like to go __________ . _________ (by four o’clock, home, usually)
Answer:
Usually, I like to go home by four o’clock.

2. I ________ work __________ . __________ (much faster, always, in the morning)
Answer:
I always work much faster in the morning.

3. He _______ behaves __________ . _________ (at work, seldom, so carelessly)
Answer:
He seldom (କୃଚିତ୍) behaves so carelessly at work.

4. __________ we go __________ . ___________ . __________ (every day, to school, normally, at 10 o’clock)
Answer:
Normally (ସାଧାରଣତଃ) we go to school at 10 o’clock every day.

5. She __________ comes ___________ . ___________ (these days, occasionally, to my house)
Answer:
She occasionally comes to my house these days.

Activity – 9

Rewrite the following sentences putting the adverbs italicized at the beginning. The first one is done for you. (ରେଖାଙ୍କିତadverbs ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୁଣିଥରେ ଲେଖ । ପ୍ରଥମଟି ତୁମ ପାଇଁ କରାଯାଇଛି ।)

1. My friend rarely visits movies. Rarely does my friend visit movies.
2. He seldom writes to me.
3. I understood only then what he meant.
4. They could nowhere find a better instructor.
5. I heard about this dreadful news only today.
6. My wife no sooner got home than it rained.
Answers
2. Seldom does he write to me.
3. Only then did I understand what he meant.
4. Nowhere could they find a better instructor. (ପ୍ରଶିକ୍ଷକ)
5. Only today did I hear about this dreadful news. (ଭୟଙ୍କର ଖବର)
6. No sooner did my wife get home (ଘରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିବା ମାତ୍ରେ) than it rained.

Adverbs And Adverbials Additional Questions With Answers

(i) Identify the adverbs and name them.

1. The train will arrive soon.
Answer:
soon – Adverb of time

2. The bus turned left.
Answer:
left- Adverb of place

3. Mini is always late for office.
Answer:
always- Adverb of frequency

4. They are absolutely right.
Answer:
absolutely-Adverb of degree

5. Samir works hard.
Answer:
hard- Adverb of manner

6. Beena was ill yesterday.
Answer:
yesterday- Adverb of time

7. We can probably raise the issue.
Answer:
probably- Sentence adverb

8. I have never seen him before.
Answer:
never – Adverb of frequency

9. This is fairly a big house.
Answer:
fairly- Adverb of degree

10. Sometimes they are irregular.
Answer:
sometimes- Adverb of frequency

11. Suresh Babu speaks in a friendly way.
Answer:
a friendly way- Adverb phrase (manner)

12. Luckily we escaped unhurt.
Answer:
Luckily – Sentence adverb

13. He certainly looks better today.
Answer:
certainly – Sentence adverb

14. We won the match quite easily.
Answer:
quite – Adverb of degree, easily – Adverb of manner

15. He has just gone out.
Answer:
just – Adverb of time

16. We visited Puri last week.
Answer:
last week – Adverb of time

17. We pay the bill monthly.
Answer:
monthly – Adverb of time

18. Mr. Mohanty lives upstairs.
Answer:
upstairs – Adverb of place

19. The game was not at all interesting.
Answer:
at all – Adverb of degree

20. Unfortunately, he lost the chance.
Answer:
unfortunately – Sentence adverb

21. We did the sum quickly.
Answer:
quickly – Adverb of manner

22. It is terribly cold.
Answer:
terribly Adverb of degree

23. He came rather late.
Answer:
rather – Adverb of degree

24. In fact, it is heart-touching.
Answer:
In fact – Sentence adverb

25. We played till evening.
Answer:
till evening – Adverb of time

(ii) Choose the correct alternatives.

1. In our state the students get textbooks _______ (free/ freely)
Answer:
Free

2. We have moved into this house _________ (late / lately)
Answer:
Lately

3. The meeting will be held __________ (short / shortly)
Answer:
Shortly

4. The children played __________ (happy / happily)
Answer:
Happily

5. The train arrived _________ (late/ lately)
Answer:
Late

6. I met him ___________ (unexpected / unexpectedly)
Answer:
Unexpectedly

7. He __________ (hard / hardly) comes here.
Answer:
Hardly

8. I ___________ (near / nearly) met with an accident.
Answer:
Nearly

9. We could finish our work __________ (easy / easily)
Answer:
Easily

10. Birds can fly __________ (high / highly)
Answer:
High

11. We finished the work __________ (quick quickly)
Answer:
Quickly

12. She looks ___________ (sad / sadly)
Answer:
Sad

13. Mira drew a __________ picture. (beautiful / beautifully)
Answer:
Beautiful

14. My meeting with him was quite __________ (unexpected / unexpectedly)
Answer:
Unexpected

15. This work is very _________ (easy / easily)
Answer:
Easy

16. The boys were __________ (happy / happily)
Answer:
Happy

17. The lady was weeping ___________ (sad / sadly)
Answer:
Sadly

18. He works very ____________ (hard / hardly)
Answer:
Hard

19. You are ____________ (usual / usually) late for school.
Answer:
Usually

20. I found the post office quite ___________ (near / nearly)
Answer:
Near

(iii) Put the adverbs/adverbials in the right order.

1. We reached _________ (safely, home yesterday)
Answer:
home safely yesterday.

2. Meet me _________ (next week, at 11 p.m., on Sunday)
Answer:
at 11 p.m. on Sunday next week.

3. We lived __________ (in Puri, in a hotel)
Answer:
in a hotel in Puri

4. She sang ___________ (in the town hall, beautifully, yesterday)
Answer:
beautifully in the town hall yesterday

5. We worked ____________ (yesterday, in the garden, hard)
Answer:
hard in the garden yesterday

6. We flew __________ (by Air India, to the USA, last week)
Answer:
to the USA by Air India last week

7. The examination begins ____________ (in the morning, at 9 a.m., on 22 February)
Answer:
at 9 a.m. in the morning on 22 February

8. He was born _________ (on 12 August, at 5 p.m., in the year 1964)
Answer:
at 5 p.m. on 12 August in the year 1964 there silently

9. I stood __________ (silently, there)
Answer:
There silently

10. I saw my friend off __________ (at 5 o’clock, at the station, yesterday evening)
Answer:
at the station at 5 o’clock yesterday evening

11. He stood __________ (for about five minutes, in the class, silently)
Answer:
silently in the class for about five minutes

12. He worked ___________ (all day, yesterday, at his office, very hard)
Answer:
very hard at his office all day yesterday

13. He hurt his leg __________ (badly, last Sunday, with a knife)
Answer:
badly with a knife last Sunday

14. Let’s go __________ (tonight, to the pictures)
Answer:
to the pictures tonight

15. Our country became independent __________ (1947, on 14-15 August, at midnight)
Answer:
at midnight on 14-15 August 1947

16. I saw her ___________. (in a shop, accidentally, in Cuttack)
Answer:
accidentally in a shop in Cuttack

17. Why was the child crying __________? (in the garden, so loudly, a while ago)
Answer:
so loudly in the garden a while ago

18. It rained ___________ (in the evening, heavily, at 6 o’clock)
Answer:
heavily at 6 o’clock in the evening

19. He spoke ____________ (in the meeting, this morning, nervously)
Answer:
nervously in the meeting this morning

20. She rested ___________ (in her bed, peacefully, until evening)
Answer:
peaceful in her bed until the evening

21. Gobinda has been waiting ________ (for an hour, patiently)
Answer:
patiently for an hour

22. She ran __________ (into the room, quickly, an hour ago)
Answer:
into the room quickly an hour ago

23. He behaved __________ (at work, carelessly)
Answer:
carelessly at work.

24. He arrived ___________ (yesterday, home, unexpectedly)
Answer:
home unexpectedly yesterday

25. He went ____________ (to the office, in the morning, in hungry)
Answer:
to the office in a hurry in the morning

(iv) Rewrite the sentences beginning with the words the phrases underlined.

1. I have never seen him before.
Answer:
Never have I seen him before.

2. We seldom go out these days.
Answer:
Seldom do we go out these days.

3. He has hardly done anything useful.
Answer:
Hardly has he done anything useful.

4. They returned after school hour.
Answer:
After school hour did they return.

5. He disappeared suddenly.
Answer:
Suddenly he disappeared.

6. June comes after May.
Answer:
After May comes June.

7. You can purify your soul only by meditation.
Answer:
Only by meditation, you can purify your soul.

8. He had scarcely finished writing when the bell rang.
Answer:
Scarcely had he finished writing when the bell rang.

9. They could nowhere find a better place.
Answer:
Nowhere could they find a better place.

10. My friend rarely visits movies.
Answer:
Rarely does my friend visit movies.

11. I heard about this dreadful news only today.
Answer:
Only today did I hear about this dreadful news.

12. My wife no sooner got home than it rained.
Answer:
No sooner did my wife get home than it rained.

13. He seldom writes to me.
Answer:
Seldom does he write to me.

14. I understood only then what he meant.
Answer:
Only then did I understand what the meant.

15. She had rarely written such a long letter.
Answer:
Rarely had she written such a long letter.

(v) Use the correct degree of the adverbs given in brackets.

1. I can run the __________ (fast) of all.
Answer:
Fastest

2. He reached __________ (early) than me.
Answer:
Earlier

3. The _________ (near) zoo is at Nandankanan.
Answer:
Nearest

4. I swim _________ (well) than he does.
Answer:
Better

5. Mumbai is _________ (far) than Kolkata.
Answer:
Farther

6. She walked the ___________ (slow) of all.
Answer:
Slowest

7. Rinu is working very __________ (hard).
Answer:
Hard

8. The female actors acted __________ (well) than male actors.
Answer:
Better

9. I can speak __________ than him. (quickly)
Answer:
more quickly

10. He makes mistakes the ___________ (little) of all.
Answer:
Least

11. She can sing ___________ (well) than her sister.
Answer:
Better

12. A deer can run ____________ (fast) than an elephant.
Answer:
Faster

13. He would certainly have met you ___________ (early)
Answer:
Earlier

14. I can speak as ____________ (quickly) as you.
Answer:
Quickly

15. Rabi speaks __________ (politely) of all.
Answer:
most politely.

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 4 Auxiliaries Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 4 Auxiliaries

We already know auxiliaries are of two types:
(i) Primary Auxiliaries
(ii) Modal Auxiliaries

Primary Auxiliaries	Modal Auxiliaries
1. Pigs are eating everything. 2. The train is arriving at Cuttack at 7 p.m.	1. Pigs will eat everything. 2. The train will arrive at CTC at 7 p.m.

The number of Modals in English is 13 (ଇଂରାଜୀରେ Vodal ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୧୩ ଅଟେ ।)
ଯଥା – can/could, may/ might, shall/ should, will/ would, used to, ought to, must, need, dare.

Use :
(i) Modals always go with the Zero or bare form of the infinitives:
[Modals ସର୍ବଦା ଅସମାପିକା କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର Zero ବା Bare form (go, take ଇତ୍ୟାଦି) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
Examples:
I can lift this box. (ମୁଁ ଏହି ବାକ୍‌ସ ଉଠାଇପାରିବି ।)
( ଏଠାରେ can = modal, lift = bare infinitive)
We ought to obey our betters. (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଗୁରୁଜନମାନଙ୍କର ଆଦେଶ ପାଳନ କରିବା ଉଚିତ।)
[ଏଠାରେ ought = modal, ଏବଂ obey = bare / zero form of infinitive]

(ii) Modal + be + (ing’- form can be used to show action in progress:
[ ଏବେ ଚାଲୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ Modal + be + ing form of Main Verb ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇପାରେ ।
Examples:
The children can be playing in the field.
[ପିଲାମାନେ ପଡ଼ିଆରେ ଖେଳୁଥାଇ ପାରନ୍ତି ।]
(ଏଠାରେ can = Modal, be = Primary Modal, playing – Main Verb)
It will be raining over there. [ଏବେ ସେଠାରେ ବର୍ଷା ହେଉଥ‌ିବ ।]
(ଏଠାରେ will = Modal, be = Primary, raining = Main Verb)

(iii) Modal + have + Past Participle form of Main Verb
Or, Modal + have been + Past Participle form ofMain Verb can be used to show the past action:
[ ଅତୀତର ସମାପ୍ତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟପାଇଁ Modal + have + Past Participle ବା Modal + have been + Past Participle ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ ]

Examples:
Father could have gone to the town. [ବାପା ସହରକୁ ଯାଇଥାଇପାରି’ଥାନ୍ତି ।
( ଏଠାରେ could = Modal, have = Primary, gone = Past Participle of Main Verb)

• The letter should/ought to have been posted.
  ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇଦେବା ଉଚିତ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତା I ଭଲ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତା ।
  ( ଏଠାରେ should/ought to = Modal, have, been = Primary,
  posted = Past Participle of Main Verb)
• The dog would have been fed. [କୁକୁରଟିକୁ ଖାଇବାକୁ ଦିଆଯାଇପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତା ।
  ( ଏଠାରେ would = Modal, have been = Primaries, fed = Past Participle of )

[Use of ‘Can’] We use ‘can’ :
(i) to say if someone has present ability to do something (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ)

• The girl can speak English fluently ( ଅନର୍ଗଳ ଭାବରେ).
• He can run like a deer.

(ii) To give or seek permission (ଅନୁମତି ଦେବା ଓ ଚାହିଁବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• You can use my phone.
• Can 1 go there?

(iii) To say if something is possible/possibility (ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅର୍ଥରେ )

• He can tell lies at any time.
• The thiefcan be hiding (ଲୁଚିଥାଇପାରେ) somewhere here.

(iv) To make a request (ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• Can you pass the salt, please?

[Use of Could] We use ‘could’ for :
(i) Past ability (ଅତୀତର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ)

• The girl could speak (ଇଂରାଜୀ କହିପାରୁଥିଲା) English at five.
• Father could do sums brilliantly in his college days.

(ii) Permission (ଅନୁମତି)

• Could I have a glass of cold water?

(iii) Polite request (ନମ୍ରସୂଚକ ଅନୁରୋଧ)

• Could you pass the information to him, please?
• Could you help me do this exercise?
  (‘Can’ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ‘ could” ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଅଧିକ ନମ୍ରତାକୁ ବୁଝାଏ ।)

(iv) Possibility ( ସମ୍ଭାବନା)

• Your answer could be wrong.
• The gardener could be in the garden.

[ Use of May/Might ] These modals are used :
(i) To give or ask permission (ଅନୁମତି ଦେବା ଓ ନେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• You may come in. (More formal and polite)
• Might I ask your name ? (More courteous/ଅଧୂକ ଭଦ୍ରାମି )

(ii) To express possibility (ସମ୍ଭାବନା)

• What you say might be true.
• He may have come yesterday. (ସେ ଗତକାଲି ଆସିଥାଇପାରେ ।)

(iii) To express wishes (ଶୁଭେଚ୍ଛା) କେବଳ (May)

• May God bless you. (ଈଶ୍ବର ତୁମକୁ / ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଆଶୀର୍ବାଦ କରନ୍ତୁ ।)
• May you live long. (ତୁମେ ଦୀର୍ଘଜୀବୀ ହୁଅ ।)

(iv) ‘May’ in the ‘ so that’/‘ in order that’ clause for present purpose and ‘Might’ in the ‘so that’/‘in order that’ clause for past purpose.
(ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ so that /in order that ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘May’ ଓ ଅତୀତର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ Might ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଅର୍ଥରେ ।)
so that /in order that ଖଣ୍ଡବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘May’ ଓ ଅତୀତର ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ Might ବ୍ୟବହୃତ

• Please allow me sometime so that I may finish the work. (Present purpose)
• The driver stopped the car so that the girl might be saved. (Past purpose)

[Use of Shall ] We use ‘shall’ for :
(i) Plain Future (ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଭାବରେ ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଘଟୁଥିବା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ I ଓ We ସହିତ) :

• I shall be fifteen next year.
• We shall hold a meeting here.

(ii) Permission (ଅନୁମତି ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ) (I ଓ We ସହିତ)

• Shall I open the door?
• Shall we go home now?

(iii) Suggestion (ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ଅର୍ଥରେ) ଯଦି Statement ‘Let’ ରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିଲେ :

• Let’s rest here, shall we ?
• Let me help you, shall I ?

(iv) Promise (ଶପଥ ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘T’ ସହିତ)

• I shall take you to Nandankanan.

(v) Prediction (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତବାଣୀ)

• I shall/will miss you.

(vi) Giving an order (ଆଦେଶ ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ) (With second and third person)

• You shall not come here again.
• Nobody shall leave without my permission.

[Use of Will] We use ‘will’ for:
(i) Plain Future (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ସାଧାରଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

• The school will open tomorrow.
• The bus will take you to Cuttack.
• Mr Mishra will reach here by Monday.

(ii) Willingness (ଇଚ୍ଛା)

• I will help you.

(iii) Making a request or giving an order (ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିବା ଓ ଆଦେଶ ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• Will you do me a favour?
• Will you shut up?

(iv) Present habit (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ଅଭ୍ୟାସ)

• Father will go to his office at 10 a.m. (ଯାଆନ୍ତି) (goes)
• When the cat is away, the mice will play.

(v) Probability (ସମ୍ଭାବନା) :

• That will be the postman.(ହୋଇଥ‌ିବେ)

(vi) Prediction (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତବାଣୀ)

• It will rain tomorrow.
• The film will be a crowd-puller. (ଭିଡ଼ହେବ)

(vii) Questioning about the future (ଭବିଷ୍ୟତ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରିବା)

• Will your sister study English this year?
• Will this boy play cricket?

(viii) Promise(ଶପଥ) (I ଓ We ସହିତ)

• I will give you a bike this year.
• We will fight to the last.

(ix) General fact(ସାଧାରଣ ସତ୍ୟ)

• Oil will float on water. (ଭାସେ)
• Pigs will eat everything. (ଖାଇପକାନ୍ତି)

(x) Determination (ସଂକଳ୍ପ) (I ଓ We ସହିତ)

• I will help you in all circumstances.

Use of Should [This modal is used] :
(i) To give advice or opinion (ଉପଦେଶ ବା ମତ ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• You have diabetes. You should consult (ପରାମର୍ଶ କରିବା ଉଚିତ) a doctor.
• You should get up early in the morning.

(ii) To express a wish (କାମନା ଅର୍ଥରେ) (like ସହିତ) (I ଓ We)

• I should like to be a doctor.
• We should like to reach the circus.

(iii) To talk about a probability ( ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅର୍ଥରେ )

• The cattle should be grazing (ଚରୁଥ‌ିବେ) now.

(iv) To express a duty/necessity (କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ/ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
(ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ Modal ought to’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)

• A judge should/ought to be fare (ନିରପେକ୍ଷ) and square.
• You should/ought to take care of (ଯତ୍ନନେବା ଉଚିତ) your old parents.

[Use of ‘Would Used to’] We use ‘would / used’ to for:
(i) Past habit (ଅତୀତର ଅଭ୍ୟାସଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)

• He would/used to walk all through the night in his youth.
  (ଯୁବକ ଥିବା ସମୟରେ ସେ ରାତିସାରା ବାହାରକୁ ଚାଲିଚାଲି ଯାଉଥିଲେ ।)
• Amitabh would/used to act in lead roles in a number ofHindi films.
  (ଅତୀତରେ ଅମିତାଭ ଅନେକ ହିନ୍ଦୀ ଚଳଚ୍ଚିତ୍ରରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଭୂମିକାରେ ଅଭିନୟ କରୁଥିଲେ ।)
• Gandhi used to be shy when he was in school.
  ( ସ୍କୁଲରେ ପଢ଼ୁଥିଲାବେଳେ ଗାନ୍ଧୀ ମୋହନଦାସ୍ ଲାଜକୁଳା ଥିଲେ ।)

Use of Would

(ii) Request (ଅନୁରୋଧ) (‘You’ ସହିତ)

• Would you mind posting this letter ? ( ଏହି ଚିଠିଟିକୁ ଡାକରେ ପଠାଇଦେବେ କି ?)
• Would you do me a favour ? (ମୋ ପ୍ରତି ଦୟା କରିବେ କି ?)

(iii) Probability ( ସମ୍ଭାବନା)

• Father would be at home now. (ବାପା ଏବେ ଘରେ ଥିବେ ଥାଇପାରନ୍ତି ।)
• Father will be at home now. (ବାପା ଏବେ ଘରେ ଥ‌ିବେ ଥାଇପାରନ୍ତି ।)
  (‘will’ ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଘରେ ଥିବାର ଅଧ୍ବକ ନିଶ୍ଚିତତାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରୁଛି ।)

(iv) Polite suggestion/invitation (ନମ୍ରସୂଚକ ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ/ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ)

• Would you like to have a ticket for the show ?
• Would you like to watch TV ? (‘like’ ସହିତ)

(v) Willingness (ଇଚ୍ଛା)

• I would do that for you. (ମୁଁ ତାହା ତୁମପାଇଁ କରିବି ।) (ତୁମେ ଯଦି କହିବ)
• I will do that for you. (ମୁଁ ତାହା ତୁମପାଇଁ କରିବି ।) (ଦୃଢ଼ ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ ‘ will’ )

(vi) Refusal (ମନାକରିଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ) (not ସହିତ)

• He wouldn ‘t accept my invitation. (ସେ ମୋର ନିମନ୍ତ୍ରଣ ଗ୍ରହଣ କଲେ ନାହିଁ ।)
• The doctor wouldn ’t operate the patient.
  (ଡାକ୍ତର ରୋଗୀକୁ ଅପରେସନ୍ କଲେ ନାହିଁ ଅପେରସନ୍ କରିବାକୁ ମନାକରିଦେଲେ ।)

[Use of Must] It is used for :
(i) Obligation/necessity (strong) (ଦୃଢ଼ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ବା କୃତଜ୍ଞତା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• We must defend our country.
  (ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ଆମ୍ଭମାନଙ୍କ ଦେଶକୁ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଭାବରେ ରକ୍ଷାକରିବା ଉଚିତ ।)
• A student must study hard.

Remember:
Must ର ବିକଳ୍ପ modal ରୂପେ ‘ have to’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
→ I must go to the doctor now. (ମୁଁ ଏବେ (ନିଶ୍ଚୟ) ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଯିବି ।) (ଏହା ମୋର ନିଜସ୍ଵ ଇଚ୍ଛା / ନିଷ୍ପତ୍ତି ।)
→ I have to go to the doctor now. (ମୋତେ ଏବେ ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ହେବ ।) (ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କ ପରାମର୍ଶ)
‘Must’ ବା ‘have to’ ର Past form ରୂପେ ‘had to’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
→ The girl had to do all the sums. (ଝିଅଟିକୁ ସବୁ ଅଙ୍କ କଷିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଲା ।)

(ii) To draw a conclusion (ଶେଷ ମତପ୍ରଦାନ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

• The teacher must be joking. (ଶିକ୍ଷକ ଥଟ୍ଟା (ନିଶ୍ଚୟ) କରୁଥାଇପାରନ୍ତି ।)
• Mamali is walking with drooping shoulders. She must be ill.
  (ମାମାଲି କାନ୍ଧ ତଳକୁ ଝୁଙ୍କାଇ ଚାଲୁଛି । ସେ ଅସୁସ୍ଥ ଥ‌ିବ ।)

(iii) Inevitable truth (ଅବଶ୍ୟମ୍ଭାବୀ/ ଅଟଳ ସତ୍ୟ)

• Man must die one day. (ମଣିଷ ଦିନେ ନା ଦିନେ ମରିବ । (ଅଟଳ ସତ୍ୟ))
• A man affected with blood cancer must die.
  (ରକ୍ତ କର୍କଟ ରୋଗରେ ଆକ୍ରାନ୍ତ ମଣିଷ ମରିଯାଏ ।) (ନିଶ୍ଚୟ)

(iv) Prohibition (ନିଷେଧ) (Mustn’t)

• You mustn ‘t read other people’s letters. (ଅନ୍ୟ ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କର ଚିଠି ପଢ଼ ନାହିଁ ।) (ନିଷେଧ)
• Your father has got diabetes. He mustn’t take sweet.
  ( ତୁମ ବାପାଙ୍କର ମଧୁମେହ ରୋଗ ଅଛି । ସେ ମିଠା ଜିନିଷ ଖାଇବା ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ ।) (ନିଷେଧ)

Dare ( (ସାହସ ଅର୍ଥରେ/ having courage)
Modal ରୂପେ Dare କୁ କେବଳ Negative (ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ) ଓ Interrogative (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ) ଅର୍ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
Examples:
Negative :

• He daren’t stand before his father.
  (ସେ ତା’ ବାପାଙ୍କ ଆଗରେ ଠିଆହେବାକୁ ସାହସ କରୁ କଲା ନାହିଁ ।)

Interrogative :

• How dare you insult me ? (ମୋତେ ଅପମାନିତ କରିବାକୁ କିଭଳି ତୁମେ ସାହସ କଲା କରୁଛ ?)
• Dare the girl do this ? ( ଝିଅଟି ଏହା କରିବାକୁ ସାହସ କରୁଛି/କଲା କି ?)

Use of Need (ଦରକାର / ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅର୍ଥରେ)
Dare ଭଳି Need କୁ Negative ଓ Interrogative ଅର୍ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।

Negative :

• Father has come. You needn’t phone him.
  ( ବାପା ପହଞ୍ଚୁଲେଣି, ତୁମେ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଫୋନ୍ କରିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ )

Interrogative :

• Need you take my opinion ? (ତୁମୋ ମୋର ମତ ନେବା ଦରକାର କି ? )
• Need the teacher dismiss the class soon?
  (ଶିକ୍ଷକ କ’ଣ ଏତେ ଶୀଘ୍ର ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଘରକୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେବା ଦରକାର ?)

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity- 1

(A) Fill in the blanks with theproper verbs chosen from those given in brackets and rewrite the paragraph. (Brackets ଭିତରୁ ଥିବା କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ଏବଂ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦଟିକୁ ପୁଣିଥରେ ଲେଖ ।)
Nilu _____________ (was/is) my classmate. She / He lives near our house on the same road. A few days ago they ______________ (have/had) a big garden in front of their house. But now they _____________ (have built/built) an office room in that garden. They _____________ (lost/have lost) their _______________ (isn’t / doesn’t) go to the road. A few days ago they beautiful garden. Nilu’s father ________________ (is/has) a lawyer. He office at ten o’clock everyday. ______________ (Do / Does) your father go to work at a fixed time everyday?

Nilu is (ଅଟେ) my classmate. She/He lives (ବାସକରେ) near our house on the same road. A few days ago they had (ଥ୍ଲା) a big garden in front of their house. But now they have built ( ନିର୍ମାଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି) an office room in that garden. They have lost (ହରାଇଛନ୍ତି ) their beautiful garden. Nilu’s father is (ଅଟନ୍ତି) a lawyer. He doesn’t go ( ଯାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) to the office at ten o’clock every day. Does your father go to work at a fixed time everyday?

(B) Underline the main verbs and circle the auxiliary verbs in the passage you have just written. (ଉପର ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ paragraph ରେ ଥିବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାପଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଓ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଗୋଲାକାର କର ।)
Answers:
Nilu is (ଅଟେ) my classmate. She/He lives (ବାସକରେ) near our house on the same road. A few days ago they had (ଥ୍ଲା) a big garden in front of their house. But now they have built (ନିର୍ମାଣ କରିଛନ୍ତି) an office room in that garden. They have lost (ହରାଇଛନ୍ତି ) their beautiful garden. Nilu’s father is (ଅଟନ୍ତି) a lawyer. He doesn’t go (ଯାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ) to the office at ten o’clock everyday. Does your father go to work at a fixed time everyday?

Activity-2

Fill in the blanks with shall/will/shan’t/won’t
Bakul wants to go to Nandankanan. He wants to persuade his father to take him there during the summer vacation.

Bakul: Daddy, __________ i ______________ we go to Nandankanan during the summer vacation?
Father: It is a good idea. But I think it __________ ii __________ be better if we go there in winter.
Bakul: But in winter the place gets crowded. We ___________ iii ___________ have to queue for hours to go on the boat ride. We __________ iv __________ get time to see everything.
Father : Yes, but the weather ____________ v ____________be so good in summer. The animals ________ vi __________ stay in their caves all the time.
Bakul: So, what __________ vii ____________ we do? viii we go there in December?
Father: No, let’s go there during the Puja vacation. It ___________ ix ___________be so crowded then. I am sure, the weather ____________ x ________________be better.

(i) shah, (ii) mil be better (ଭଲ ହେବ) (iii) will have to queue (ଘଣ୍ଟା ଘଣ୍ଟା ଧରି ଧାଡ଼ିରେ ଠିଆ ହେବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିବ), (iv) shalln’t get get ( ସମୟ ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ (ସମୟ ପଡ଼ିବ ନାହିଁ)), (v) won’t be (ଏତେ ଭଲ ରହିବ ନାହିଁ), (vi) shall stay (ରହିବେ) (ବାଧ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ), (vii) shall we do ? (କ’ଣ କରିବା ?) (viii) shall we go… ? (ଯିବାକି ?) (ix) won’t be so crowded (ଏତେ ଭିଡ଼ ହେବ ନାହିଁ) (x) will be (ଆହୁରି ଭଲ ହେବ)

Activity- 3

Write the following sentences using (think/don V think should…. and a suitable expression from the box. One has been done for you. (ବାକ୍‌ସଭିତରୁ ସଠିକ୍ ବାକ୍ୟାଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାହାର କରି I (think / don’t think)… should… ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲେଖ ।)

Go to the doctor	go home now	go to university	get married
Phone them now	have a holiday	go to work today	sell it.

1. It is late. I think we should go home now.
Answer:
It’s late (ଡେରି ହେଲାଣି). I think we should go home now.

2. It’s very late. I don’t think you should go to work today.
Answer:
It’s very late, I don’t think you should go to work today.

3. Your bicycle is very old.
Answer:
Your bicycle is very old. I think you should sell it. (ବିକ୍ରି କରିଦିଅ) (ଉପଦେଶ ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ)

4. They need a change.
Answer:
He doesn’t look well. I don’t think he should go to work today. (ସେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକୁ ନ ଯାଉ)

5. He doesn’t look well.
Answer:
She’s very intelligent. I think she should go to university. (ବିଶ୍ଵବିଦ୍ୟାଳୟକୁ ଯିବା ଭଲ)

6. You are not very well.
Answer:
They need a change. I think they should have a holiday. (ଗୋଟିଏ ଛୁଟି କଟାଇବା ଦରକାର )

7. She’s very intelligent.
Answer:
You aren’t very well. I think you should go to the doctor. (ଡାକ୍ତରଙ୍କୁ ଦେଖାକର)

8. They are too young.
Answer:
They are too young. I don’t think they should get married. (ସେମାନେ ବିବାହ ନ କରନ୍ତୁ)
(ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ବାକ୍ୟ ସବୁ ଉପଦେଶ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି ।)

Activity – 4

Choose the correct form. (ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତର ବାଛ।)

1. ‘Do you like / Would you like a banana ?’ – No, thank you.’
Answer:
“Would you like a banana ?” “No, thank you.” (ଗୋଟିଏ କଦଳୀ ଦେବି ?)

2. ‘Do you like / Would you like bananas ?’ – ‘Yes, I love them.’
Answer:
“Do you like bananas ?” “Yes I love them.” (ତୁମକୁ କଦଳୀ ଭଲ ଲାଗେ ?)

3. ‘What do you like / would you like to drink ?’ – ‘Water, please. ’
Answer:
“What would you like to drink ?” “Water please.” (କ’ଣ ପିଇବେ ?)

4. ‘I like / I’d like ice cream but I don’t eat it very often.’
Answer:
“I like ice-cream but I don’t eat it very often.”

5. ‘I’m tired. I like / I’d like to go to sleep.’
Answer:
“I’m tired. I’d (would) like to go to sleep.”

6. ‘Do you like / Would you like something to eat ?’ – ‘No, thanks. I’m not hungry.’
Answer:
“Would you like something to eat ?” “No, thanks. I’m not hungry.” ( କିଛି ଖାଇବେ ?)
(ଉପର ଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ polite request ବା ନମ୍ରସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ।)

Activity – 5

Complete the following sentences using shall/should / will/ would + the words given in brackets.
(ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ modals କୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ କର ।)
A.
Lata: Jatin has stomach ache. He is in hospital.
Sumit: Really? (he / be) in hospital for long?
Lata : No, he (not be) there very long. Two days perhaps. The doctor has given him medicine.
Sumit: How long (he / have) those medicines?
Lata: I don’t know. Maybe he (have) to take them for three days.
Sumit: I hope he (be) all right soon. How (we / play) the football match without him?

Answers:
Lata : Jatin has stomachache (ପେଟ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା). He is in hospital.
Sumit : Really ? Will he be (ରହିବ କି ?) in hospital for long ?
Lata: No, he won’t be (ରହିବ ନାହିଁ) (will + not = won’t) there very long. Two days perhaps. The doctor has given him medicine.
Sumit: How long will he have (ଖାଇବ) those medicines?
Lata: I don’t know. Maybe he shall have to take (ଖାଇବାକୁ ହେବ) (ବାଧ୍ୟ ଅର୍ଥରେ) them for three days.
Sumit: I hope he will be ( ଭଲ ହୋଇଯିବ) all right soon. How shall we play (ଖେଳିବା) the football match without him?

B. My brother is lying awake on the bed. His books and notebooks are on the table. I want to ask him if I can switch off the lights. ___________I turn the light off?
Father has come back from the fields. He says, “I’m thirsty.” What do I say? “ ______________ I fetch you a glass of water ?”
Mother says, “I’m not feeling very well.” What do I say? “___________ the doctor ?”
Mother says she ____________ all right if she lies in bed for a few minutes. I offer to make the bed for her, ____________ for you?

Answers:
My brother is lying awake (ଚେଇଁ ରହି ବସିଛି) on the bed. His books and notebooks are on the table. I want to ask him if I can switch off the lights. Shall I turn the lights off? ଲିଭାଇଦେବି କି ?)
Father has come back from the fields. He says, “I’m thirsty.” What do I say? “Shall I fetch ( ଯାଇ ଆଣିବି କି ?) you a glass of water ?”
Mother says, “I’m not feeling very well.” What do I say? “Shall I go and bring the doctor ?”
Mother says she will be all right (ପୂରାପୂରି ଭଲ ହୋଇଯିବେ) if she lies in bed for a few minutes.
Shall I make the bed for you ? ( ଶେଯ ପାରିଦେବି କି ?)

Remember : Shall + main verbverbର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଯାଚିବା ବା ପ୍ରସ୍ତାବ ଦେବା ଅର୍ଥରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । (offer and proposal)

Activity – 6

Make five predictions about the year 2020 using will/ won’t. (2020ରେ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ଘଟଣାମାନ ବିଷୟରେ will / won’t ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଭବିଷ୍ୟବାଣୀ ଲେଖ ।)

1. In 2020 there will be acute deficiency (ଉତ୍କଟ ଅଭାବ ଦେଖାଦେବ) of rainwater.
2. Global warming (ବିଶ୍ବ ଉତ୍ତାପ) will take a heavy toll of lives (ଅନେକ ଜୀବନ ନେବ).
3. The rapidly-increasing population won’t get food to survive. ( ବଞ୍ଚିବା ପାଇଁ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ପାଇବେ ନାହିଁ)
4. India will rule over the rest of the world.
5. Pakistan will be demolished from the (ଧ୍ୱଂସ ପାଇଯିବ) world map.

Activity – 7

Complete the following offers/invitations using Would you like ______________ ?/ Would you like ?/Would you like me to ______________?
I’ve just made some tea. ____________ some?
You haven’t got an umbrella, have you? _____________ borrow mine?
There is a teacher of English living on the first floor. ______________ know her?
We’re going to a party tomorrow night. ________________ come?
You don’t have enough money and you want to buy an interesting book. ________________ lend me some money?
Answers:
I’ve just made some tea. Would vou like to have some?
You haven’t got an umbrella, have you? Would you like to borrow mine?
There is a teacher of English living on the first floor. Would you like to know her?
We’re going to a party tomorrow night. Would you like to come?
You don’t have enough money and you want to buy an interesting book. Would you like to lend me some money?

Activity – 8

Mr Das is 70. There area lot of things he can’t do now. He is talking about the things he used to/was able to do. Complete the sentences with could or couldn’t. (ଶ୍ରୀଯୁକ୍ତ ଦାସଙ୍କର ବୟସ ୭୦| ସେ ଏବେ ଅନେକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିପାରୁ ନାହାଁନ୍ତି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଅତୀତରେ ସେ କରୁଥିବା କେତେକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ କହୁଛନ୍ତି । Could ବା Couldn’t ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ କର ।)
My eyes aren’t very good now. Five years ago I ______________ I ________________ read the newspaper without wearing
glasses. A few years ago I ________ ii _____________ walk to the shops and was back in half an hour, but I prefer to get the rickshaw now. When I was a child, we ________________ iii _______________ watch television or a video in the evening. They didn’t exist. We played football or kabaddi in the evening but they __________ iv keep us amused for hours. When I was younger, I ______________ v ____________ play the flute very well. I tried to play the flute again the other day. I _____________ vi ___________ play it only for a few minutes. I _____________ vii _______________ play it at a high pitch. My memory is not brilliant either. I ___________ viii ___________ remember my telephone number this morning.
Answers:
(i) could read ( ପଢ଼ିପାରୁଥିଲି), (ii) could / was able to walk (ଚାଲି ଚାଲି ଯାଇପାରୁଥୁଲି) (iii) could watch (ଦେଖିପାରୁଥିଲୁ), (iv) couldn’t keep (ଆମୋଦିତ ରଖିପାରୁ ନଥିଲା), (v) could play (ବଜାଇ ପାରୁଥୁଲି), (vi) could play, (vii) was able to play (ବଜାଇ ପାରୁଥୁଲି), (viii) couldn’t remember (ମନେରଖ୍ ପାରୁନଥୁଲି)

To express past ability, we can use could/was/ were able to (ଅତୀତର ସାମର୍ଥ୍ୟ ଥିବା ଅର୍ଥରେ could ବ୍/ was /were able to ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)
Biju could (was able to) swim when he was five years old. (ପହଁରି ପାରୁଥୁଲା) For ‘past ability + past action’ we use ‘was /were able to’.
The children fell into the water, but luckily ( ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟରୁ) they were able to hold onto the boat. (not ‘could’)

Remember: With the verbs of perception such as see, hear, smell, taste, feel and with the verbs like remember, know, order and believe etc, could is used. ( ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟାନୁଭୂତି- ଜନିତ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ; ଯଥା- see, hear, smell, taste, feel ଓ understand, remember, know ଆଦି ସହିତ ସର୍ବଦା ‘could’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)

• I could hear the sound of drums from a distance. (ଶୁଣି ପାରୁଥିଲି)
• He could remember his grandfather’s words. (ମନେରଖୂପାରୁଥିଲା)

Activity- 9

A friend is asking you aboutyourplans. You have some ideas butyou aren’t sure. Use may/ might and complete the sentences. (ଜଣେ ବନ୍ଧୁ ତୁମକୁ ଯୋଜନା ବିଷୟରେ ପଚାରୁଛି । ତୁମ ପାଖରେ କେତେକ ସମାଧାନର ପନ୍ଥା ଅଛି; କିନ୍ତୁ ତୁମେ ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ନୁହେଁ । May ବା Might ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ କର ।)

Remember: may / might / can / could express the mode of possibility. Father might come back this evening, (might come but hasn’t decided) (ଫେରିପାରନ୍ତି କିନ୍ତୁ ସ୍ଥିର କରିନାହାନ୍ତି)

• Father may come back this evening, (degree ofcertainty) (ସମ୍ଭାବନା ବା ନିଶ୍ଚିତତାର ମାତ୍ରା ଅଧ୍ବକ)
• Father could come back this evening, (the degree ofpossibility is veryless or almost nothing) (ଫେରିବାର ସମ୍ଭାବନା ବହୁତ କମ୍ ବା ପ୍ରାୟ ନାହିଁ).

Important things to be noted
(i) ‘Could’ denotes least possibility and‘may’ denotes higher degree of possibility. କମ୍ ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅର୍ଥରେ could ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ସବୁଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ସମ୍ଭାବନା ଅର୍ଥରେ may ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ‘(‘can’ is not used in these cases) (ଏସବୁ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘can’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ)
(ii) ‘May’ or ‘might’ isn’t used to denote possibility in interrogative sentences. (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଅର୍ଥରେ may ବା might ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ ।)

(iii) Could / may / might for present possibility which has higher degrees of possibility. (ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନର ସମ୍ଭାବନା, ଯାହାର ଭବିଷ୍ୟତରେ ଘଟିବାର ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ସମ୍ଭାବନା ରହିଛି)

• Mr Das may / might / could be in the park now (ଥାଇପାରନ୍ତି).
• There is an accident. The road may / might / could be blocked ( ବନ୍ଦ ଥାଇପାରେ).
• Mr Mohanty’s only son is missing.

He may / might / could be at Bhubaneswar or Berhampur. (ଥାଇପାରେ). (‘Can’ isn’t used in this case) (ଏ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ‘can’ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ।)

(iv) ‘Can’ is used to denote ‘common possibility’.
(ସାଧାରଣତଃ ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ଘଟଣା ପାଇଁ ‘can’ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ)

• Frequent smoking (ଅହରହ ଧୂମପାନ) can affect your health.
• Anyone can get lost (ହଜିଯାଇପାରେ) in this crowd.
• None can put down the truth. (ଦବାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ)
• Accidents can happen to anyone, anywhere and any time. (000160)

Questions :
(i) Where are you going for your holidays after the examination?
I’m not sure yet, I ___________ go to Puri.
Answer:
I’m not sure yet, I might go to Puri.

(ii) Where are you going to celebrate your birthday?
I don’t know yet. I ________________.
Answer:
I may celebrate it in our town building.

(iii) When will you see your cousin again?
I’m not sure. I ________________.
Answer:
I might see him in a couple of days. (ଦୁଇଦିନ ଭିତରେ)

(iv) What are you going to buy when you go shopping?
I haven’t decided yet. I ___________________.
Answer:
I might buy a few books.

(v) What are you doing at the weekend?
I _______________. I _______________.
Answer:
I haven’t decided. I might join mv friends in the plantation programme. (ବୃକ୍ଷରୋପଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକ୍ରମ)

(vi) When are you going to phone Nilu?
I________________. I ______________.
Answer:
I am not sure. I may phone him tomorrow afternoon.

(vii) What are you going to have for dinner tonight?
I________________. I _______________.
Answer:
I haven’t decided. I might prepare bread and mutton.

Activity- 10

Fill in the blanks with may (not) /might (not) /could (not). (may (not) /might (not), could (not) ଆଦିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
This is news at ten. All parts of the state will have rain tomorrow but the rain _____________ reach the south coast till the evening. It will be quite warm. Temperature ____________ reach 35°. Winds will increase from the east and ______________ reach the speed of 80 kilometers per hour in the coastal region but they ______________ be strong inland. And the forecast for the weekend. Well, it _________________ be better really. Dry, warm and sunny for both Saturday and Sunday.
Answer:
This is news at ten. All parts of the state will have rain tomorrow but the rain mayn’t reach the south coast till the evening. It will be quite warm. Temperature may reach 35°. Winds will increase from the east and might reach the speed of 80 kilometers per hour in the coastal region but they may be strong in land. And the forecast for the weekend. Well, it could be better really. Dry, warm and sunny for both Saturday and Sunday.

Activity- 11

Fill in the blanks with can /can’t/will/won’t/would/wouldn’t. (can/can’t/will/won’t/ would/wouldn’t ଆଦିକୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
My brother ___________ speak three languages. At the moment he’s learning Bengali and by the end of this year he ___________ be able to speak four languages. He hopes to get a job in Kolkata. I _____________ like to speak two languages! I ____________ speak only Odia and I ______________ really speak English very well. I attend my English classes regularly but I haven’t been able to make much progress. Do you think I ______________ really be proficient in that language?
Answers:
My brother can speak three languages. At the moment he is learning Bengali and by the end of this year, he will be able to (ସମର୍ଥ ହେବ) speak four languages. He hopes to get a job in Kolkata. I would like to speak two languages! I can speak only Odia and I can’t really speak English very well. I attend my English classes regularly but I haven’t been able to make much progress. Do you think I wifi really be proficient in that language?

Activity-12

Complete the responses to the statements as given in the examples.( ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣ ଭଳି ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଉତ୍ତରରେ ବାକ୍ୟ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
Examples:
You have slept all afternoon. You can’t be tired.

• He has a building in the village and another big one in the town. He must be rolling in money.
• None of the candidates passed the examination. The questions must have been difficult.
• There were a lot of mistakes in your writing. It can’t have been revised.

(i) I haven’t heard from him for years. He ____________ forgotten you.
Answer:
I haven’t heard from him for years. He must have forgotten (ଭୁଲିଯାଇଥବ) you.

(ii) Can I have something to eat? You ___________ hungry. You have just had your dinner.
Answer:
Can I have something to eat? You can’t be hungry (ଭୋକିଲା ନଥୁବୁ). You have just had your dinner.

(iii) I can’t find the key to my bicycle. You _____________ it in the classroom.
Answer:
I can’t find the key to my bicycle. You must have left (ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଇଥବୁ) it in the classroom.

(iv) He has no idea what the book is about. He _______________ read it.
Answer:
He has no idea what the book is about. He can’t have read it (ପଢ଼ି ନଥୁବ).

(v) The last bus hasn’t arrived yet. It ________________.There is no passenger at the bus stop.
Answer:
The last bus hasn’t arrived yet. It must be out oforder (ଖରାପ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିବ).There is no passenger at the bus stop.

Note: ‘Can’t is the negative of‘must’, (must ର ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକ ଅର୍ଥ ରୂପେ can’t ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।)
Examples:
(i) There is no reply from him despite my repeated rings (ବାରମ୍ବାର ଫୋନ୍ କରିବା ସତ୍ତ୍ବେ). He can’t be at home. (ଘରେ ନଥ୍ବ)
(ii) It is already six. Father can’t be working (କାମ କରୁ ନଥ‌ିବେ) in his office.

Activity-13

Complete the following sentences using mustn’t/ needn’t (mustn’t &/needn’t ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ମୁଖ୍ୟ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନେଇ ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)

be

Buy

hurry

lose

Stick

take

tell

wait

wash

1. Your clothes aren’t dirty. You ______________ them.
Answer:
Your clothes aren’t dirty. You needn’t wash them. (ସଫାକରିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ)

2. I must hurry. I _____ ______ late.
Answer:
I must hurry. I must not be late. (ନିଶ୍ଚିତ ଡେରି ହୋଇଯିବ)

3. (Mother to child) You __________ __________ your tongue out at people. It’s not decent.
Answer:
(Mother to child) You mustn’t stick your tongue out at people. It’s not decent. ଉଚିତ ନୁହେଁ / ଭଦ୍ରାମି ନୁହେଁ)

4. We have enough time. You __________ ___________ while driving.
Answer:
We have enough time. You needn’t hurry while driving.

5. You ____________ ___________ for me, I will meet you at the school.
Answer:
You needn’t wait (ଅପେକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ) for me, I will meet you at the school.

6.You ____________ ____________ an umbrella. It’s not going to rain.
Answer:
You needn’t take (ନେବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ) an umbrella. It’s not going to rain.

7. This is a secret. You ______________ ____________ it to anybody
Answer:
This is a secret. You mustn’t tell (କୁହନାହିଁ / ନିଷେଧ) it to anybody.

8. You __________ ___________ this book. You can borrow mine.
Answer:
You needn’t buy (କିଣିବା ଦରକାର ନାହିଁ) this book. You can borrow mine.

9. This book is very important. You ____________ ______________ it.
Answer:
This book is very important. You mustn’t lose (ହଜାଅ ନାହିଁ / ନିଷେଧ) it.

Note : ‘Mustn’t for – negative compulsion ( ନିଷେଧ। ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାଧ୍ୟବାଧକତା ଅର୍ଥରେ mustn’t) ‘Needn’t for absence of compulsion or necessity (ବାଧ୍ୟବାଧକତାର/ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାର ଅନୁପସ୍ଥିତି)

Activity- 14

You are at somebody ’s housefor the first time. You are unknown to most of the members of the family. Politely ask them for what you want using may / could / would you mind if. ( ପ୍ରଥମଥର ପାଇଁ ତୁମେ ଜଣଙ୍କ ଘରେ ଅଛ । ପରିବାରର ଅନେକ ସଦସ୍ୟଙ୍କ ସହିତ ତୁମେ ଅଜଣା, ତୁମେ ସେମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ କ’ଣ ଚାହୁଁଛ । may I could / would you mind if ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟ ଲେଖ ।)
Requests :
(Can /could /would)
Can you switch on the light please?
Can I have a cup of coffee please?

Note: ‘Could’ is less direct and more polite than ‘can’.
(‘can’ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ‘could’ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷ ଓ ଅଧିକ ନମ୍ର ।)
Would + mind + ‘ing’ (dislike / object to) (ଅନିଚ୍ଛା ବା ପ୍ରତିବାଦ ଅର୍ଥରେ)

Questions :
You’d like to switch on the TV.
You’d like to have a glass of water.
You’d like to have another piece of cake.
You’d like to have a piece of paper and a pen.
You’d like to borrow today’s newspaper for a few minutes.
You like to add some salt to your curry and you can’t reach the salt
Answers:
May I switch on the TV, please?
Could you have a glass of water, please?
Would you mind if I could have another piece of cake?
Could I have a piece of paper and a pen, please?
May I borrow today’s newspaper for a few minutes please?
Would you mind if you could bring me the salt?

Auxiliaries Additional Questions With Answers

Fill in the gaps using suitable Modal Auxiliary Verbs.
1. I ____________ go to school in my village when I was a child.
Answer:
used to

2. ___________you mind helping me ?
Answer:
Would

3. A camel live without water for a week.
Answer:
can

4. ____________ God bless you.
Answer:
May

5. If wishes were horses, beggars ______________ ride them.
Answer:
would

6. He ____________ be at home now.
Answer:
would

7. You ___________ wash your hands before you eat.
Answer:
should/ought to

8. Rima ______________be thirteen next week.
Answer:
will

9. ___________ you like a cup of coffee?
Answer:
would

10.I think you ___________ sell your old bicycle.
Answer:
should

11. He died that others ______________ live.
Answer:
might

12. ___________ I come in, sir?
Answer:
May

13. I’m not deaf. You _________________ not speak so loudly.
Answer:
need

14. What can not be cured ____________ be endured.
Answer:
must

15. You ____________ not shout in the class.
Answer:
must

16.I ________________ rather take your advice.
Answer:
would

17. How ___________ you say this?
Answer:
dare

18. He _____________ do his homework regularly.
Answer:
must

19. He has already come. You ______________ not phone him.
Answer:
need

20. I don’t ________________ to go near the snake.
Answer:
dare

21. What you say ______________ be true.
Answer:
might

22. _________________ I turn the light off?
Answer:
Shall

23. I hope he ________________be alright soon.
Answer:
will

24. Mother ______________ sing beautifully in her youth.
Answer:
used to

25. I _____________ get more exercise.
Answer:
ought to

26. I ________________ help you as far as I can.
Answer:
will

27. I think it _____________rain today.
Answer:
will

28. I _____________ not face my father’s anger.
Answer:
dare

29. I __________________ be back in an hour’s time.
Answer:
shall

30. When I was a child. I _______________ spend hours playing with my toys.
Answer:
would

31. ______________ you do me a favour?
Answer:
would

32. My father ______________ speak three languages.
Answer:
can

33. Mother ___________ be in the kitchen.
Answer:
may

34. When my eyesight was good I ____________ read without glasses.
Answer:
could

35. The weather ___________ be fine tomorrow.
Answer:
will

36. Man _____________ die sooner or later.
Answer:
will

37. If you come, I ___________ help you.
Answer:
will

38. Had I the wings of a dove, I _____________ fly.
Answer:
would

39. Deba locked his bicycle so that it __________ not get stolen.
Answer:
might

40. There is plenty of time. You _____________ not hurry.
Answer:
need

What do the modals used in the following sentences express?

1. Shall I go home now?
Answer:
permission

2. I used to study at a co-education school.
Answer:
past habit

3. Will you do me a favor?
Answer:
request

4. I shall take you out on Sunday.
Answer:
promise

5. It might be true.
Answer:
remote possibility

6. I could run in my childhood days.
Answer:
past ability

7. I must write the answer before I go.
Answer:
obligation

8. You needn’t go to school on Sundays.
Answer:
absence of compulsion

9. She would be at home now.
Answer:
probability

10. Would you like a cup of tea?
Answer:
invitation

11. I will help you whatever may happen.
Answer:
promise

12. He will be fourteen tomorrow.
Answer:
plain future

13. I hope it will be a sunny day.
Answer:
prediction

14. I can write correct English.
Answer:
present ability

15. A country ruled by corrupt ministers must be ruined.
Answer:
certainty

16. Will you come to my place tomorrow?
Answer:
invitation

17. Can I use your mobile phone?
Answer:
seeking permission

18. Could I come in, Sir?
Answer:
polite request

19. I should like to swim in the river.
Answer:
wish

20. If I were you, I would help others.
Answer:
imaginary condition

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase

Read the following sentences:
(i) Coconut is a tall tree.
(ii) I can see many beautiful flowers.
(iii) The black dog is sick.

In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases.
In these sentences the bold parts are the noun phrases. (ଏହି ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ।)

A noun phrase or NP is a word or a group of words with a noun or a pronoun as its head noun or head word. (ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୂହ ଯେଉଁଥରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ପଦ ହେଉଛି ଏହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ।)
In the first sentence ‘coconut tree’ are the head nouns.
In the second sentence ‘I’ (Pronoun) is the head word or head noun.
In the third sentence, the head word or head noun is ‘dog’.

The head word in a noun phrase.
(ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ head word ବା head noun) :
(i) The tiger lives in the forest. tiger, forest- head words.
Father is calling me. Father, me- head words
The hunter rode on an elephant. hunter, elephant- head words.

(ii) Adjectives as head words (head nouns) in the the + adjective expression (the + adjective) (ସାଧାରଣ ଅର୍ଥରେ)
(Adjective ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ head words ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
The rich should help the poor. (rich – head word)
The doctors have attended on the wounded. (wounded – head word)
The blind need our help and co-operation. (ସହଯୋଗ) (blind – head word)

( iii) To + infinitive as the head word.
(ବାକ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ to + infinitive କୁ head word ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)
To err is human. (ଭୁଲ କରିବା ମାନବୀୟ) (head word).

(iv) Verb + ing as the head word. (Verb + ing head word ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକରେ (ବାକ୍ୟର ମୂଳରେ)
Smoking injures the lungs (ଫୁସ୍‌ଫୁସ୍).
Shooting (ତୀରନ୍ଦାଜ) is a sport (କ୍ରୀଡ଼ା).

Pronouns used as head words or head nouns
(Head words ବା Head nouns ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronouns ବା ସର୍ବନାମ)

Pronouns

Subjective (କର୍ରାବାଚକ)	Objective (କର୍ମବାଚକ)
I	me
he	him
she	her
they	them
we	us
you	you
it	it

Examples :
(i) I am smart and tall. I – noun phrase / pronoun/ head word
(ii) Give me a piece of cake. me – noun phrase / object / pronoun / head word
(iii) Did they help you? they – noun phrase / pronoun / head word
(iv) How much did it cost you? it – noun phrase / pronoun / head word

Function of a Noun Phrase (ଏକ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ)
(i) As a subject (ଏକ କର୍ରା ରୂପେ)
A coconut tree grows faster. (tree – head word)
The little clever bov is crying there. (boy – head word)

(ii) As an object (ଏକ କର୍ମ ରୂପେ)
We all love this teacher. (କାହାକୁ ଭଲପାଉ) (teacher – head, word)
Father may buy a dictionary. (କ’ଣ କିଣିପାରନ୍ତି) (dictionary – head word)

(iii) As a subject ‘complement’ (କର୍ତ୍ତା ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
Mrinal is a well – behaved boy. (boy – head word)
The girl became a doctor. (doctor – head word)

(iv) As an object complement (କର୍ମ ପୂରକ ରୂପେ)
The class elected Suraj their monitor.
(monitor – head word) (Suraj – object) (କାହାକୁ ନିର୍ବାଚିତ କଲେ)
(Mother calls this child Nilu.
(Nilu – head word) (this child – object) (କାହାକୁ ଡାକନ୍ତି)

(v) As an adjunct (ଏକ ବିବର୍ଷକ ରୂପେ)
Did you help that man last week ? (week – head word)
Father is returning home this morning. (morning – head word)

Forms of Noun Phrase
(i) A Noun as a noun phrase : Flowers are a wonderful creation ofGod.
(ii) APronoun as a noun phrase : It was raining heavily.
(iii) An ‘ing’ infinitive phrase as a noun phrase : Smoking cigarettes causes health problems. Climbing a tall coconut tree seems very dangerous.
(iv) To infinitive as a noun phrase : To help others in need is a great virtue.

Words used before Head Nouns in Noun Phrases (Noun Phrase ର Head Noun ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ)

Article	(a, an, the)
Demonstrative (ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ ଶବ୍ଦ)	(this, that, these, those)
Possessive (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ)	(my, your, his, our, its, Mina’s, one’s)
Cardinal (ମୌଳିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା)	(one, two, three, ten, hundred)
Ordinal (କ୍ରମିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟା)	(first, second, tenth, thousandth)
Quantifier (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ)	(a, few, a little, many, a lot of, enough, much)
Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ)	(cold, beautiful, clever, nice, hot, cold, young, old )
Classifier (a noun that functions as an adjective) refers to one of classes, (stone, science, music, marriage etc)

Classifier (One out of a class)
Stone building (stone – classifier like brick (ଇଟା), wooden (କାଠ)
College boys (college – classifier, like school, university)
Story books (Story – classifier, like cookery (ରୋଷେଇ ଶିକ୍ଷା), tailoring, dance, music…
Polar fan (Like Usha, Ravi, Khaitan, Orient, Havells…)
Science teacher (like mathematics, geography, history, political science….)
LG TV (Like Samsung, Philips, Akai, Sansui…)

Another word used in a noun phrase is ‘intensifier’ that intensifies or modifies an adjective. (N.P ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଅନ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି intensifier ଯାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦକୁ ବିଶେଷିତ କରେ)

	Intensifier	Adjective	Noun (Head noun / Head word)
(a)	very	old	man
(b)	quite	hot	day
(c)	rather	amusing (ଆମୋଦଦାୟକ)	picture
(d)	extremely	beautiful	girl

Look at the following tree diagram and mark the position of the elements in the noun phrase. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଚିତ୍ରର Noun phrase ର ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦର ଅବସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର।)

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Spot the Noun Phrases in the following sentences. Then identify the determiners. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Noun Phrases କୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ ଓ Determiner ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଚିହ୍ନାଅ।)
1. That silly (ବୋକା) donkey is away.
Answer:
That silly donkey – np, that – demonstrative (determiner)

2. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those people – np, those – demonstrative (determiner)

3. Have pity on the starving child.
Answer:
on the starving child – np, the – article (determiner)

4. All of you can do the sum.
Answer:
All of you – np, All – pre-determiner (quantifier)

5. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The little girl – np, the – article (determiner)

6. He has one sister and two brothers.
Answer:
One sister and two brothers – np, one, two – candinals (determiner)

7. I heard his first three words.
Answer:
his first three words – np, his – possessive (determiner), three – cardinal (determiner)

8. All these four empty bottles are here.
Answer:
All these four empty bottles – np, all – pre-determiner, these – demonstrative (determiner), four – cardinal (determiner), empty – adjective

9. Mary’s mother is dead but her father is still alive.
Answer:
Mary’s mother- np, Mary’s – possessive (determiner), her father – np, her – possessive (determiner)

10. Which colour do you like, red or green?
Answer:
Which colour? Which – wh-determiner

Remember: all both and half are pre-determiners since they are used before determiners. (Determiner ପୂର୍ବରୁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ all, both ଓ half pre-determiners ଅଟନ୍ତି) (‘Pre’ ର ଅର୍ଥ ପୂର୍ବ ବା before)

Activity – 2

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
(Noun phrase ତିଆରି କରିବାପାଇଁ ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପୁନଃ ସଜାଅ)
1. first, books, his, ten
Answer:
his first ten books

2. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
the three big boys

3. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
the first five planes

4. her, sarees, beautiful, all
Answer:
all her beautiful sarees

5. nice, a, movie, very
Answer:
a very nice movie (film)

6. very, boys, innocent, young.
Answer:
very young innocent (ନିରୀହ) boys

7. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
those seven famous music schools

8. old, the, man, silly
Answer:
the old silly man

Activity – 3

Draw tree diagrams showing the different elements of the following Noun Phrases. (ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଉପାଦାନ (ଶବ୍ଦ)କୁ ଦେଖାଇ diagram ବା ଛବି ତିଆରି କର ।)
1. All boys
Answer:

2. All the boys
Answer:

3. Each of the students
Answer:

4. A ripe red fruit
Answer:

5. Those strange stories
Answer:

Activity – 4

Complete the Noun phrases by filling in the blanks with suitable words.
1. ________ ________ picnic
Answer:
a lavish picnic

2. ________ ________ house
Answer:
my little house

3. all ________ ________ boys
Answer:
all these school boys

4. the ________ ________ books
Answer:
the popular story books

5. our ________ ________ teacher
Answer:
our first school teacher

The Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Rearrange the words to make a Noun Phrase.
1. very, a, picture, nice
Answer:
A very nice picture.

2. the, old, all, colleges, very
Answer:
All the very old colleges.

3. intelligent, very, boys, young
Answer:
Very intelligent young boys.

4. red, ripe, a, fruit
Answer:
A ripe red fruit.

5. new, our, teacher, English
Answer:
Our new English teacher.

6. plastic, new, toys, beautiful
Answer:
Beautiful new plastic toys.

7. the, planes, five, first
Answer:
The first five planes.

8. the, old, silly, man
Answer:
The silly old man.

9. famous, seven, schools, those, music
Answer:
Those famous seven music schools.

10. big, the, boys, three
Answer:
The three big boys.

Identify the underlined words that come before the Head noun.

1. Whose son is he?
Answer:
Whose – possessive

2. My first poem was published in a magazine.
Answer:
First – Ordinal number

3. This is Mr. Muduli’s car.
Answer:
Mr. Muduli’s – Possessive

4. Those people are busy.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

5. This is a science college.
Answer:
new – adjective

6. My new book was stolen.
Answer:
science – classifier

7. The little girl is always talking.
Answer:
The determiner

8. It is a beautiful building.
Answer:
beautiful – adjective

9. It was a very nice movie.
Answer:
very intensifier

10. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – ordinal number

11. All the children have left school.
Answer:
All – pre-determiner

12. Her pen was stolen.
Answer:
Her – possessive

13. That house belongs to me.
Answer:
That- demonstrative

14. The new pen writes well.
Answer:
new – adjective

15. This is a stone building.
Answer:
stone – classifier

16. I like our Prime Minister’s speech.
Answer:
Our Prime Minister’s – possessive

17. He wasted a lot of time.
Answer:
a lot of – quantifier

18. Each of the boys was given a prize.
Answer:
Each of – pre-determiner

19. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier

20. This is my new shirt.
Answer:
my – possessive

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 11 Negatives and Interrogatives Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 11 Negatives and Interrogatives

A declarative sentence is divided into two broad sentences.
(ଗୋଟିଏ ତଥ୍ୟାତ୍ମକ ବା ବିବୃତିମୂଳକ ବାକ୍ୟ ୨ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ)

Affirmative sentence (ଅସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
An affirmative sentence one which affirms or denotes ‘yes’ to a statement. (କୌଣସି ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ଅସ୍ତି ମୁହଁ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଅସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Negative sentence (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ) :
A negative sentences gives or denotes a negative statement. Or, Anegative sentence is one which negates a statement.
(ଯେଉଁ ବାକ୍ୟ କୌଣସି ଉକ୍ତିକୁ “ନାହିଁ’ ବା “ ନାସ୍ତି’ ଅର୍ଥରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ, ତାହାକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ।)

Affirmative sentences	Negative sentences
(i) Mini is fond of (ପ୍ରିୟ) sweets.	Mini is not fond of sweets.
(ii) Swallows are seen in winter.	Swallows are not seen in winter.
(iii) Bhima can climb up the tree.	Bhima can’t climb up the tree.
(iv) Sasmita slept last night.	Sasmita did not sleep last night.
(v) The moonlit night is boring.	The moonlit night is not boring.
(vi) He falls in bad company (କୁସଙ୍ଗ).	He does not fall in bad company.

While making a sentence negative, ‘not’ is normally used after the auxiliaries. (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ସହିତ ‘not’ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ।)

In the absence of an auxiliary / helping verb, the appropriate form of the ‘do’ verb is taken to make it negative. (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା ନଥୁଲେ, ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ‘do’ ର ସଠିକ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ ଅର୍ଥ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ।)

Example :

‘Do’ verbs in negatives
Present Simple	Present Simple	Past Simple
(eat)	(eats)	(ate)
don’t eat	does not eat	did not eat
(take)	(takes)	(took)
don’t take	does not take	did not take
(help)	(helps)	(helped)
do not help	does not help	did not help
(sing)	(sings)	(sang)
do not sing	does not sing	did not sing
(speak)	(speaks)	(spoke)
do not speak	does not speak	did not speak
(tell)	(tells)	(told)
do not tell	does not tell	did not tell
(cut / shut)	(cuts / shuts)	(cut / shut)
do not cut/shut	does not cut / shut	did not cut/shut
(fly)	(flies)	(flew)
do not fly	does not fly	did not fly
(feed)	(feeds)	(fed)
do not feed	does not feed	did not feed
(swim)	(swims)	(swam)
do not swim	does not swim	did not swim
(find)	(finds)	(found)
do not find	does not find	did not find
(sleep)	(sleeps)	(slept)
do not sleep	does not sleep	did not sleep
(know)	(knows)	(knew)
do not know	does not know	did not know
(write)	(writes)	(wrote)
Do not write	Does not write	Did not write
Do(main verb)	Does(M. V)	Did(M. V)
Do not do	Does not do	Did not do
(run)	(runs)	(ran)
Do not run	Does not run	Did not run

[Helping verb / auxiliary verb +not+ ‘base’ verb]
(ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟା + not (ନାହିଁ) + କ୍ରିୟାର ମୂଳରୂପ)
(Base verbs are eat, go, help, write, fly, move, ask, leave, swim, etc.)

Contractions (Auxiliary verbs) (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସଂକୁଚିତ / କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ରୂପ)

Affirmative	Contracted Affirmative	Contracted Negative
I am ill.	I’m ill. (am = helping verb)	I’m not ill.
She is ill.	She’s ill. (is = helping verb)	She isn’t ill.
They are ill.	They’re ill. (are = helping verb)	They aren’t ill.
I have done.	I’ve done, (have = helping verb)	I haven’t done.
She will do.	She’ll do. (will=helping verb)	She won’t do.
I shall do.	I’ll do. (shall = helping verb)	I shan’t do.

Remember Pronouns (ସର୍ବନାମ)/ Nouns + contracted helping verbs
Nouns + contracted helping verbs	Pronouns + contracted helping verb with n’t
Ram’s done this work, (’s = has)	Rama hasn’t done this work.
You’d rung me by then, (’d = had)	You hadn’t rung me by then.  ‘
Neelima’d visit the zoo with her father. (’d=would)	Neelima wouldn’t visit the zoo with her father.
People’re getting selfish (ସ୍ଵାର୍ଥପର). (’re = are)	People aren’t getting selfish.

Helping verbs or auxiliary verbs are contracted with their use after the nouns or pronouns. (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ (I, you, he, she, they, we, it ) ସହିତ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସଂକୁଚିତ କରାଯାଏ। )

‘not’ is contracted into n’t after the auxiliaries. (ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାପଦ ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ not କୁ ସଂକୁଚିତ n’t ରେ ଲେଖାଯାଏ)
‘d (had) – main verb past, participle, ‘d (would) – main verb ‘base’ form

Examples:
1. He had convened (ଡକାଇଥିଲେ) a meeting (convened = past participle)
Ans. He’d convened a meeting.

2. He would convene a meeting. (convene = base verb)
Ans. He’d convene (ଡକାଇବ) a meeting.
(not = full form/n’t = contracted form)

To make a sentence negative, we also use negative operators such as – no, never, nor, neither…nor and none.
(ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ କେତେକ negative operators (ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକ କାରକ) ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ।)

Examples:
(i) No one / None can count the stars.
(ii) We can never forget Gandhiji.
(iii) There is no rose that has no thorn.
(iv) You can neither cheat me nor befool me.
(v) He did not help me, nor his father.

An exclamatory sentence can never be negative.
(ବିସ୍ମୟସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ଆଦୌ ନାସ୍ତିବାଚକରେ ପରିଣତ କରିହେବ ନାହିଁ ।)

Wrong / Incorrect	Right / correct
(i) How unfortunate (ହତଭାଗ୍ୟ) he is not!	= How unfortunate he is !
(ii) How beautifully she couldn’t sing!	= How beautifully she sang!
(iii) What nonsense your words are not!	= What nonsense your words are !
(iv) What a huge palace it was not!	= What a huge palace it was !
(v) How brilliantly the team India have not played !	= How brilliantly the team India have played!
(vi) What an exciting victory it wasn’t!	= What an exciting victory it was !

Interrogative Sentences/Questions (ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟ)
An interrogative sentence is one that interrogates or puts question(s) about something or somebody. (କୌଣସି ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବା ବସ୍ତୁ ସଂପର୍କରେ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନ କରୁଥିବା ବାକ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
Look at the sentences below:
1. Is it raining? (ବର୍ଷା ହେଉଛି କି ?)
2. Will Bikun come today? (ବିକୁନ୍ ଆଜି ଆସିବ କି ?)
3. Do you like sweets? (ତୁମକୁ ମିଠା ଭଲ ଲାଗେ କି ?)
4. Did the police arrest the thief? (ପୋଲିସ୍ ଚୋରକୁ ଗିରଫ କଲା କି ?)
5. Why are you late? (ତୁମର ଡେରି କାହିଁକି ?)
6. What is your hobby? (ତୁମର ଅବସରକାଳୀନ ପ୍ରିୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କ’ଣ ?)
7. How do you go there ? (ତୁମେ ସେଠାକୁ କିପରି ଯାଅ ?)

In the first four sentences, we expect answers whether ‘yes’ or ‘no’. So they are called ‘Yes’ ‘No’ Interrogatives.
(ପ୍ରଥମ ଚାରୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଆମ୍ଭେମାନେ ହଁ ବା ନାହିଁରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଆଶା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ‘Yes? – ‘No’ Interrogative କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
In the last three sentences, one expects answers to questions like why, what and how. So these sentences are called Wh-Interrogatives.
(ଶେଷ ତିନୋଟି ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଜଣେ କାହିଁକି, କ’ଣ ଓ କିପରି ଆଦି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଆଶା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଏଭଳି ବାକ୍ୟକୁ Wh-Interrogatives / Wh-questions କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

Declarative sentence	Yes-No Interrogative (beginning with Auxiliary verbs)	Wh-Interrogative (beginning with Wh-word)
Sibasis scored better marks.	Did Sibasis score better marks?	Who scored better marks?
An elephant lives on green leaves.	Does an elephant live on green leaves?	What does an elephant live on?
They will visit father tomorrow.	Will they visit father tomorrow?	When will they visit Father?
I pray to God every day.	Do you pray to God every day?	Whom do you pray every day?

Making of ‘Yes – No’ Interrogatives and Wh-interrogatives

Yes – No Interrogatives	Wh – Interrogatives
Auxiliary + subject + ……… ?	(i)Wh – questions + main verb …….. ? Or (ii)Wh – questions + auxiliary verb + subject + main verb +……. ?

Examples:
The Prime Minister met the President yesterday.
Wh-question (i) : Who met (main veb) the President yesterday? (For the Prime Minister)
Wh-question (ii) : When did (auxiliary verb) the Prime Minister meet the President? (For ‘yesterday’)

The use of Wh-words:
What’ – କ’ଣ (ବସ୍ତୁ ବା ପଦାର୍ଥ)
Whose – କାହାର (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି । ପ୍ରାଣୀ । ବସ୍ତୁ)
Where – କେଉଁଠାରେ ( ସ୍ଥାନ)
Why – କାହିଁକି (କାରଣ)
How long – କେତେସମୟ (ସମୟର ପର୍ଯ୍ୟାୟ)
How many – କେତେ ସଂଖ୍ୟକ (ଗଣନୀୟ)
Which – କେଉଁଟା (ବାନ୍ଧିବ) (ବସ୍ତୁ । ପଦାର୍ଥ । ସ୍ଥାନ)
Whom – କାହାକୁ (ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି । ପ୍ରାଣୀ)
When – କେତେବେଳେ (ସମୟ )
How – କିପରି (ଅବସ୍ଥା)
How far – କେତେଦୂର (ଦୂରତା)
How much – କେତେ ପରିମାଣରେ (ଅଗଣନୀୟ)

Yes-No Interrogatives with ‘Do’ verbs
(i) Declarative sentence: They shout a lot.
Yes-No Interrogative: Do they shout a lot?
(ii) Declarative sentence: A Motorola mobile costs much.
Yes-No Interrogative: Does a Motorola mobile cost a lot?
(iii) Declarative sentence: Mother fed the beggar boy.
Yes-No Interrogative: Did mother feed the beggar boy?
(iv) Declarative sentence: Padmini cut her middle finger this morning.
Yes-No Interrogative: Did Padmini cut her middle finger this morning?
(v) Declarative sentence: I hate you.
Yes-No Interrogative: Do you hate me?

Textual Activities With Answers

Activity – 1

Make the following sentences negative. The first one has been done for you. (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକରେ ପରିଣତ କର (ଦିଆଯାଇଥିବା ଉଦାହରଣ ସହ)।

Affirmatives Negatives
(Mark the underlined helping verbs)
(ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟକାରୀ କ୍ରିୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କର ।)

1. A baby can swim.
Answer:
A baby can’t swim.

2. This tea is hot.
Answer:
This tea is not hot. (main verb)

3. Rabi is sleeping.
Answer:
Rabi is not sleeping.

4. The boys are playing.
Answer:
The boys are not playing.

5. Namita will return today.
Answer:
Namita won’t return today.

6. She must be Sheela.
Answer:
She mustn’t/ can’t be Sheela. (ହୋଇ ନଥ‌ିବ)

7. Mantu has done a mistake.
Answer:
Mantu has not done a mistake.

8. Babita may come here.
Answer:
Babita may not come here

Note: will not won’t, shall + not = shall not or shan’t

Activity – 2

Make the following sentences negative. The first one has been done for you. (ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣ ଭଳି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖିତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନାସ୍ତି ସୂଚକରେ ପରିଣତ କର Negative sentence )

1. Kuna invited me.
Answer:
Kuna did not invite me.

2. Rajesh has a red pen.
Answer:
Rajesh has not a red pen.

3. The fire engine came late.
Answer:
The fire engine did not come late.

4. They often make noise.
Answer:
They don’t make noise quite often.

5. The ozone layer keeps us safe.
Answer:
The ozone layer does not keep us safe.

6. The girl told a lie. (ମିଛକଥା)
Answer:
The girl did not tell a lie.

Activity – 3

Turn the following sentences into negatives. Use the contracted form n’t for not. The first one has been done for you. (contracted form n’t ବ୍ୟବହାର ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନାସ୍ତିସୂଚକରେ ପରିଣତ କର)

1. We should help one another.
Answer:
We shouldn’t help one another.

2. Swati writes well.
Answer:
Swati doesn’t write well.

3. Buddhiman has been to Kolkata.
Answer:
Buddhiman hasn’t been to Kolkata.

4. You must ask him.
Answer:
You mustn’t ask him.

5. Rebati should remember it.
Answer:
Rebati shouldn’t remember it.

6. He does his work sincerely.
Answer:
He doesn’t do his work sincerely.

7. My father can speak four languages.
Answer:
My father can’t speak four languages.

Activity – 4

Make interrogative sentences.
Example: Kajal can solve the problem. Q: Can Kajal solve the problem?

Affirmatives Interrogatives
1. Shivaji was clever.                – Q: Was Shivaji clever?
2. Ranjita had done that.         – Q: Had Ranjita done that?
3. The children are shouting.   – Q: Are the children are shouting?
4. She has seen me.                 – Q: Has she seen me?
5. Dogs can be more faithful.  – Q: Can dogs be more faithful?
6. Mohan is a good student.   – Q: Is Mohan a good student?
7. I am doing my best.            – Q: Are you doing your best?

Activity – 5

Make Yes/No answer type questions. One example has been shown.
Example: Reshma works at home. – Q: Does Reshma work at home?

1. Rupali always smiles?                                 – Q: Does Rupali always smile?
2. Biswajit occasionally tells a lie.                  – Q: Does Biswajit occasionally tell a lie?
3. Trees breathe out oxygen.                          – Q: Do trees breathe out Oxygen?
4. He put the book on the table.                    – Q: Did he put the book on the table?
5. Mother cooks nicely.                                  – Q: Does mother cook nicely?
6. Everyone in the team performed well.       – Q: Did everyone in the team perform well?
7. He confessed (ସ୍ଵୀକାର କଲା) his guilt (ଦୋଷ).   – Q: Did he confess his guilt?

Activity – 6

Make questions using Who/What/When/Which/Where/Why/How to get the underlined words as answers. The first one has been done for you. (Wh-words କୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଭାବରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣ ଭଳି ପ୍ରଶ୍ନସୂଚକ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପରିଣତ କର ।)

Examples:
1. He lives in Kolkata.
2. I’m 14 years old.
3. Rajesh reached home at 7 p.m.
4. Pinky snatched the book from Seema.
5. Her name is Avipsa.
6. They went there on a picnic.
7. The second flat belongs to Mr Patra.
Interrogatives
Q: Where does he live?
Q: How old are you?
Q: When did Rajesh reach home?
Q: Who snatched the book from Seema?
Q: What is her name?
Q: Why did they go there?
Q: Which flat belongs to Mr Patra?

Negatives and Interrogatives Additional Questions With Answers

Make the following sentences negative. (Use a contracted form of ‘not’)

1. Swallows are seen in winter.
Answer:
Swallows aren’t seen in winter.

2. Mantu has done a mistake.
Answer:
Mantu hasn’t done a mistake.

3. The boy can swim.
Answer:
The boy can’t swim

4. The moonlit night is very pleasant.
Answer:
The moonlit night isn’t very pleasant

5. Minu writes well.
Answer:
Minu doesn’t write well

6. She cut her finger.
Answer:
She didn’t cut her finger

7. Jayadev plays cricket.
Answer:
Jayadev doesn’t play cricket

8. I paid the bill in cash.
Answer:
I didn’t pay the bill in cash

9. He does his work sincerely.
Answer:
He doesn’t do his work sincerely

10. Mahesh did it by mistake.
Answer:
Mahesh didn’t do it by mistake.

11. Jyotsna will win the game.
Answer:
Jyotsna won’t win the game

12. We should help one another.
Answer:
We shouldn’t help one another

13. They are ill today.
Answer:
They aren’t ill today.

14. Mousumi has been to Kolkata.
Answer:
Mousumi hasn’t been to Kolkata

15. We have done our work.
Answer:
We haven’t done our work

16. My father can speak Hindi.
Answer:
My father can’t speak Hindi

17. He has a black pen.
Answer:
He doesn’t have a black pen

18. He told me an interesting story.
Answer:
He didn’t tell me an interesting story

19. The farmers plough their field.
Answer:
The farmers don’t plough their field

20. She made a great mistake.
Answer:
She didn’t make a great mistake

21. The police arrested the thief.
Answer:
The police didn’t arrest the thief

22. We go there in summer.
Answer:
We don’t go there in summer

23. Winter has set in.
Answer:
Winter hasn’t set in

24. The children play here.
Answer:
The children don’t play here

25. The sun set at 6 p.m.
Answer:
The sun didn’t set at 6 p.m.

Make yes / no answer-type questions of the following sentences.

1. Puja is a good student.
Answer:
Is Puja a good student?

2. Dogs can be more faithful.
Answer:
Can dogs be more faithful?

3. Nishant will come tomorrow.
Answer:
Will Nishant come tomorrow?

4. Trees breathe out oxygen.
Answer:
Do trees breathe out oxygen?

5. The girl sings beautifully.
Answer:
Does the girl sing beautifully?

6. The boy broke his slate.
Answer:
Did the boy break his slate?

7. The sun rises in the east.
Answer:
Does the sun rise in the east?

8. He has a nice wristwatch.
Answer:
Does he have a nice wristwatch?

9. Bedant returned yesterday.
Answer:
Did Bedant return yesterday?

10. The book contains 150 pages.
Answer:
Does the book contain 150 pages?

11. The hunter saw a hare.
Answer:
Did the hunter see a hare?

12. He caught the hare.
Did he catch the hare?
Answer:

13. The cat ate the mouse.
Answer:
Did the cat eat the mouse?

14. They grow wheat in their fields.
Answer:
Do they grow wheat in their fields?

15. Today is a holiday.
Answer:
Is today a holiday?

Make questions using who/ what/ when / why / where/ how to get the underlined words as answers.

1. They have something in their hands.
Answer:
What do they have in their hands?

2. He cuts the corn very quickly.
Answer:
What does he cut very quickly?

3. The boy is very friendly.
Answer:
What is the boy like?

4. The children want to play.
Answer:
What do the children want to do?

5. His funny face made me laugh.
Answer:
What made you laugh?

6. He found a coin on the road.
Answer:
What did he find on the road?

7. He goes there by train.
Answer:
How does he go there?

8. He cut the apple with a knife.
Answer:
How did he cut the apple?

9. The girl is 10 years old.
Answer:
How old is the girl?

10. Cuttack is 20 km far from Bhubaneswar.
Answer:
How far is Cuttack from Bhubaneswar?

11. The wall is 8 feet high.
Answer:
How high is the wall?

12. The book costs fifty rupees.
Answer:
How much does the book cost?

13. Her father returned on 20 March.
Answer:
When did her father return?

14. They come home during vacations.
Answer:
When do they come home?

15. His name is Samir.
Answer:
What is his name?

16. He reads in a co-education school.
Answer:
Where does he read?

17. He didn’t come due to his illness.
Answer:
Why didn’t he come?

18. That red book is mine.
Answer:
Which book is yours?

19. My father is in New Delhi.
Answer:
Where is your father?

20. Mr. Panda is my best friend.
Answer:
Who is your best friend?

21. The children can play for a long time.
Answer:
Who can play for a long time?

22. She likes her profession very much.
Answer:
How does she like her profession?

23. He put the book on the table.
Answer:
Where did he put the book?

24. The child cried because it didn’t find its mother.
Answer:
Why did the child cry?

25. English is spoken all over the world.
Answer:
Where is English spoken?

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Textbook Exercise Activity Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Solutions Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase

ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pre- modifiers ଓ Post- modifiers
Look at the following sentences (ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ବାକ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟକର) :

(i) Flowers are beautiful.
(ii) The red flowers are beautiful.
(iii) The red flowers in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀ) are beautiful.

In these sentences the Bold parts are noun phrases. (ବାକ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କରେ Bold ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକ noun phrases ବା ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।)
As we know, a noun phrase can be a single word and a group of words with noun or pronoun as the head. (ଆମେ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଯାହା ଜାଣିଛୁ ଗୋଟିଏ noun phrase ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ଯାହାର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଶବ୍ଦ ହେଉଛି ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବା ସର୍ବନାମ ।)
The pronouns as headwords or head nouns can be of two kinds. (Head word ବାHead noun ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Pronoun ଦୁଇପ୍ରକାରର ।)

In the first sentence ‘flowers’ is the noun phrase or head word or head noun.
In the second sentence before the head word/noun, ‘the red’ is used as pre-modifier modifying ‘flowers’. ( ୨ୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ the redକୁ head noun flowers ର modifier ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇଛି ଓ flowers ର ପୂର୍ବରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ Pre-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ।) In the third sentence ‘the red’ is the pre-modifier and ‘in the pot’ is the post-modifier as it modifies the head noun ‘flowers’ and is used after (post) ‘flowers’. (ତୃତୀୟ ବାକ୍ୟରେ in the pot (ଫୁଲଦାନୀରେ) ହେଉଛି post-modifier, କାରଣ ଏହା head noun ‘flowers’ କୁ modify କରି ଏହାର ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଛି।)

Other Examples:
(i) The little birds in the tree were twittering. (ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଛୋଟ ଚଢ଼େଇମାନେ କିଚିରିମିଚିରି ହେଉଥ୍ଲେ।)
The little birds in the tree- noun phrase

କେଉଁ ପକ୍ଷୀ (Q) – (A) ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀମାନେ (Pre-modifier)
କେଉଁ ଛୋଟ ପକ୍ଷୀସବୁ (Q) – (A) ଗଛରେ ଥ‌ିବା (Post-modifier)

(ii) A country ruled by the corrupt ministers will be ruined. ( ଦୁର୍ନୀତିଗ୍ରସ୍ତ ମନ୍ତ୍ରୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ୱାରା ଶାସିତ ଦେଶ ଧ୍ବଂସ ପାଇଯିବ।) (A country ruled by the corrupt ministers = noun phrase)

Analysis of the Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ)
(i) The little birds in the tree are chirping.
(ii) The beautiful girl dressed in the blue frock is my sister.
(iii) Every one of them knows English.

Let’s put the different elements in the Noun phrase (ଏବେ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଉପାଦାନକ ରଖିବା)

Pre-modifier	Head (word/noun)	Post-modifier
(i) The little	birds	in the tree
(ii) The beautiful	girl	in a blue frock
X	Everyone	of them

Pre-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase ( ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Pre-modifiers)

1. Articles (a, an, the): a flower, an apple, the books
2. Demonstratives (this, that, these, those): this magazine, that woman, these potatoes, those maps
3. Numerals (ସଂଖ୍ୟାବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (one, two, three, first, tenth)
   two pupils, three puppies (କୁକୁରଛୁଆ), second car, hundredth (ଶହେତମ) goal
4. Quantifiers (ପରିମାଣବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ) : (many, much, all, a few, a little, some, any, a great number of, several, a lot of.)
   a few doctors, much wealth, some roses. all nations, a little milk
5. Genitives / Possessives (ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧବାଚକ ଶବ୍ଦ): Anil’s watch, my shoes, their building, Meera’s ribbon, one’s health
6. Distributives (ବଣ୍ଟନକାରୀ ଶବ୍ଦ): each boy, every car, either road, neither pen
7. Multipliers (ବାକ୍ୟଶ ରୂପକ ଶବ୍ଦ ବିଶେଷ) : double the amount , one-third players, twice the number
8. Wh-words (ଶବ୍ଦ): whose book, what colour, which road.
9. Adjectives (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ): strong (କଡ଼ା) tea, weak goats, black suitcase, old people
10. Participles (Present and Past): walking-stick (ଆଶ୍ରାବାଡ଼ି), swimming pool (ସନ୍ତରଣ), trained soldiers (ତାଲିମପ୍ରାପ୍ତ), sliced tomatoes (କଟା ହୋଇଥିବା ଟମାଟୋ)
11. Nouns (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ପଦ): Paper boats, school garden, oil lamp, Kashmir apples, TATA trucks, kitchen chair, dog biscuits, table cloth.
12. Intensifiers (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦର ବିଶେଷକ): extremely beautiful park, (beautiful-adjective) most boring film (boring = adjective)

Post-Modifiers ofthe Noun Phrase (ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟାଶର Post-Modifiers):
Note: The word or words used after the headword or head noun is Post-modifier.
(head word ବା head noun ପରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଶବ୍ଦ ବା ଶବ୍ଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Post-modifier କୁହାଯାଏ ।)
The Post-modifier is otherwise known as a qualifier in the noun phrase.
(noun phrase ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ Post-modifierକୁ qualifier ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।)

• Here is the list of Post-modifiers or qualifiers of the noun phrase (ଏଠାରେ Post- modifier ବା qualifiers ର କେତୋଟି ଉଦାହରଣ) :

(i) Adjective (ବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

• There is nothing secret in this information.
  [nothing- headword, secret- post-modifier (adjective)]
  My father sometimes does something strange. [something- headword, strange adjective / post-modifier]

(ii) Adverbs or Adverbials (କ୍ରିୟାବିଶେଷଣ ପଦ) :

• The books on the table are mine.
  [books- headword, on the table- post-modifier / adverbial]
• The children here are quite noisy.
  [children- headword, here- post-modifier / adverbial]
• The example below has been illustrated.
  [example- headword, below- post-modifier / adverbial]

(iii) Prepositional Phrase :

• People in general love Gandhiji.
  [in general- prepositional phrase / post-modifier, people- head word]
• We have a house to let. (ଘର ଭଡ଼ା ଦିଆଯିବାକୁ ଅଛି)
  [house- headword, to let- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
• The old man with his only daughter is living in our house.
  [man- headword, with his only daughter- prepositional phrase / post-modifier]
• Can you see the house over the hill?
  [house- headword, over the hill- prepositional phrase / post-modifier] (A Prepositional Phrase usually begins with a preposition)

→ Note: Post-modifier ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ Prepositional phrase ସାଧାରଣତଃ Preposition ଋୁ (an, in, with, over, at, across, under, of) ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(iv) Non-finite Clause (ଅସମାପିକା ବାକ୍ୟଖଣ୍ଡ) :

• Did you see the man sitting in the corner?
  [man- headword, sitting in the comer- non-finite clause / post-modifier]
• Who is sitting in the comer = finite clause
• Have you read the plays (ନାଟକ ବହି) written by Shakespeare? plays- headword
  [written by Shakespeare- non-finite clause / post-modifier which were written by Shakespeare = finite clause]

(v) Self-Pronouns:

• The children themselves are to be blamed.
  [children- headword, themselves- self-word /post-modifier]
• The girl herself (ଆତ୍ମହତ୍ୟା କରିବାକୁ) decided to commit suicide.
  [girl- headword, herself- self-pronoun / post-modifier]

(vi) Relative Clauses :

• The site where Gandhi was born, is historical.
  [site ( ସ୍ଥାନ) – headword, where Gandhi was bom- relative clause / post-modifier]
• The reason why he discontinued (ଅଧାରୁ ଛାଡ଼ିଦେଲା) his studies, still remains a mystery. (ରହସ୍ୟ)
  [reason- head word, whyhe discontinued his studies- relative clause / Post-modifier]

→ Remember :
The above Bold parts given in various examples are noun phrases. ଉପର ଲିଖ୍ତ ଉଦାହରଣମାନଙ୍କରେ ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ଅଂଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ଗୋଟିଏ ବିଶେଷ୍ୟ ବାକ୍ୟଶ ଅଟେ ।)

Activity- 1

Complete the following passage by filling in the blanks with suitable pre-modifiers. You can choose the pre-modifiers from those in the brackets, (brackets ଭିତରେ ଥିବା ସଠିକ Pre-modifiers ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ନିମ୍ନଲିଖତ ଅନୁଚ୍ଛେଦକୁ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(story, two, the, some, a, different, friend’s, my, happy)

There was _____________ fair going on near _____________ village. I went to my ____________ house and called him. We went to ____________ fair together. We went round the ____________ stalls in ____________ fair. I bought ___________ books. My friend bought _____________ toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very _______________ experience for us.
Answer:
There was a fair (ମେଳା) going on near my village. I went to my friend’s house and called him. We went to the fair together. We went round the different stalls in the fair. I bought some storybooks. My friend bought two toys one for his nephew and another for his niece. We came back home in the evening. It was a very happy experience for us.

Activity- 2

Fill in the blanks choosing the post-modifiers from those given in brackets, (brackets ଭିତରୁ Post-modifiers ବାଛି ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।)
(nearby, sitting in the gallery, in colorful jerseys, posted around the field, in general, kept for the winners, who acted as the referee)

Boys of our school love to play football _____________. So we arranged a football match in the field ______________. The players entered the field. The children __________ encouraged the players. A teacher ___________ conducted the game. The linesman _____________ helped him. The trophy ______________ was given away after the match.
Answer:
Boys ofour school love to play football in general (ସାଧାରଣତଃ). So we arranged a football match in the field nearby (ପାଖରେ ଥ‌ିବା). The players entered the field. The children sitting in the gallery (ଗ୍ୟାଲେରୀରେ ବସିଥିବା) encouraged the players. Ateacher who acted as the referee (ଯିଏ ରେଫେରୀ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥିଲେ) conducted the game. The linesman posted around the field ( ପଡ଼ିଆର ଚାରିପଟେ ଜଗିଥିବା) in colourful iersevs (ରଂଗୀନ ଜର୍ସି (ପୋଷାକ) ପନ୍ଧିଥିବା) helped him. The trophy kept for the winners ( ବିଜେତାମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ରଖାଯାଇଥିବା) was given away after the match.

Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase Additional Questions With Answers

Identify the Pre-modifiers of the noun phrase.
1. Which class are you in?
Answer:
which – wh-determiner

2. There are some books on the table.
Answer:
Some- quantifier, the – article

3. Neither pen will do for me.
Answer:
Neither – distributive

4. My friend comes to our house on Sunday.
Answer:
My, our- Possessive

5. Everyday he takes an apple.
Answer:
an- article

6. Don’t try to catch the running train.
Answer:
the – article, running- participle

7. There is enough time for him.
Answer:
enough – quantifier

8. My father has built a brick house.
Answer:
my – possessive, a- article, brick – noun

9. Those elephants are trained.
Answer:
Those – demonstrative

10. One-third members were present at the meeting.
Answer:
One-third multiplier

11. The red flowers are beautiful.
Answer:
The – article, red – adjective

12. You can take either book.
Answer:
either – distributive

13. There is a little water in the glass.
Answer:
a little – quantifier, the – article

14. His first ten stories are interesting.
Answer:
His – possessive, first, ten – numerals

15. I have given him twice the quantity of rice.
Answer:
twice – multiplier

16. Now every town faces pollution problem.
Answer:
every distributive

17. She is washing a table-cloth.
Answer:
a – article, table – noun

18. A black cat is sitting there.
Answer:
a – article, black – adjective

19. I have three brothers.
Answer:
three – number (cardinal number)

20. This is Mr. Prusty’s bike.
Answer:
Mr. Prusty – possessive.

Identify the Post-modifiers in the noun phrases.
1. He told me something interesting about the place.
Answer:
interesting – adjective

2. People in general love Gandhiji.
Answer:
in general – prepositional phrase

3. Did you meet the man sitting in the comer?
Answer:
sitting in the comer – non-finite clause

4. We helped the girl who was new in our class.
Answer:
who was new in our class – finite clause

5. He is a boy from our village.
Answer:
from our village – prepositional phrase

6. You can take anything necessary for you.
Answer:
necessary – adjective

7. The book kept on the table is mine.
Answer:
kept on the table – non-finite clause

8. The teacher who acted as the referee conducted the match.
Answer:
who acted as referee – finite clause

9. The weather today is fine.
Answer:
today – adverb

10. The match was held in the field nearby.
Answer:
nearby – adverb

11. Boys love to play football in colourful jerseys.
Answer:
in colourful jersey – prepositional phrase

12. The trophy kept for the winners was given away after the match.
Answer:
kept for the winners – non-finite clause

13. I notice the girl playing in the field.
Answer:
playing in the field – non-finite clause

14. Do you feel something disgusting?
Answer:
disgusting – adjective

15. A friend in need is a friend indeed.
Answer:
in need – prepositional phrase

BSE Odisha Class 9 English Grammar Book Solutions Pdf Download

BSE Odisha 9th Class English Learn and Practise Grammar Book Solutions Download Pdf | 9th Class English Grammar Question Answers Odia Medium

• Chapter 1 Parts of a Sentence
• Chapter 2 Verbs
• Chapter 3 Time and Tense
• Chapter 4 Auxiliaries
• Chapter 5 The Noun Phrase
• Chapter 6 Pre and Post Modifiers in the Noun Phrase
• Chapter 7 Countables and Uncountables
• Chapter 8 Determiners
• Chapter 9 Adjectives
• Chapter 10 Adverbs and Adverbials
• Chapter 11 Negatives and Interrogatives
• Chapter 12 The Predicate Phrase

BSE Odisha Class 9 Learn and Practise Grammar Distribution of Marks

Latest/Revised Pattern of Evaluation with Distribution of Marks as Prescribed by Board of Secondary Education, Odisha (Second Language English (SLE)

The examination for the English (SLE) paper will have two parts.
Part-I relates to Objective-Type Questions (Fill in the blanks, Answer in one word/one sentence, Write True or False, Match the Columns, Questions on Language & Vocabulary and Grammar, Translation into English) carrying 50 marks with 1-hour duration & Part-II relates to Subjective Questions (Long Answer-Type Questions, Essay, Letter/Application, Summary/Report writing, etc.) carrying 50 marks with 1 1/2 hours duration.

The detailed distribution of marks with respect to the pattern of questions is given below:

Part I (Objective-Type)
1. Prose (5 Questions) (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
2. Poetry (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
3. Non-Detailed Study (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
4. Language & Vocabulary (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
5. Grammar (10 Questions) (1 × 10 = 10 Marks)
6. Translation into English (1 × 5 = 5 Marks)
Total = 50 Marks

Part II (Subjective-Type)
Prose
1. Two Questions to be answered within 50 words carrying 5 marks each (Internal Choice) (5 × 2 = 10 Marks)
2. One Essay out of three (3) (in about 250 words) (To be written keeping to the outline given) (12 × 1 = 12 Marks)
3. Letter/Applications (in about 100 words) internal choice (10 × 1 = 10 Marks)
4. Summary (A Passage in about 180 words): (To be answered in about 60 words) (8 × 1 = 8 Marks)
5. Unseen Passage (in about 150 words): (Five very short answer type questions carrying two marks each) (2 × 5 = 10 Marks
Total = 50 Marks

Grand Total: Part I (50 Marks) + Part II (50 Marks) = 100 Marks